-
21 ὥρα
ὥρα or [full] ὤρα (B), only in [dialect] Ion. form [full] ὥρη, or [full] ὤρη, some part of a sacrificial victim,Aλάψεται γλῶσσαν, ὀσφῦν δασέαν, ὤρην SIG1037.2
(Milet., iv/iii B.C.); τοὺς Ἴωνας λέγειν φασὶ τὴν κωλῆν ὥρην καὶ ὡραίαν Sch.HQ Od.12.89: but distd. fr. κωλῆ, λάψεται.. κωλῆν ἀντὶ τῆς ὤρης SIGl.c.5; cf. ἄωρος(B). (Perh. cogn. with Lat. sūra.)------------------------------------ὥρα (C), [dialect] Ion. [full] ὥρη, ἡ: [dialect] Ep. gen. pl. ὡράων, [dialect] Ion. ὡρέων: loc. pl. ὥρασι, q. v.A any period, fixed by natural laws and revolutions, whether of the year, month, or day (the sense 'day' is implied in the compd. ἑπτάωρος, q. v.),νυκτός τε ὥραν καὶ μηνὸς καὶ ἐνιαυτοῦ X.Mem. 4.7.4
, cf. E.Alc. 449(lyr.), Pl.R. 527d;τοῦ γνώμονος ἡ σκιὰ ἐπιοῦσα ἐπὶ τὰς γραμμὰς σημαίνει τὰς ὥρας τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ καὶ τῆς ἡμέρας IG12(8).240
([place name] Samothrace): but specially,I in Hom., part of the year, season; mostly in pl., the seasons, , 19.152;ἀλλ' ὅτε δὴ μῆνές τε καὶ ἡμέραι ἐξετελεῦντο, ἂψ περιτελλομένου ἔτεος, καὶ ἐπήλυθον ὧραι 11.295
, 14.294;ἀλλ' ὅτε δή ῥ' ἐνιαυτὸς ἔην, περὶ δ' ἔτραπον ὧραι 10.469
, cf. Hes. Th. 58;Διὸς ὧραι Od.24.344
, cf. Pi.O.4.2; , cf. 1.32;δυώδεκα μέρεα δασαμένους τῶν ὡρέων ἐς [τὸν ἐνιαυτόν] Id.2.4
; οὐ μεταλλάσσουσι αἱ ὧραι ib.77;περιτελλομέναις ὥραις S.OT 156
(lyr.); πάσαις ὥραις at all seasons, Id.Fr.592.6 (lyr.), Ar.Av. 696 (anap.);ὧραι ἐτῶν καὶ ἐνιαυτῶν Pl.Lg. 906c
, cf. Smp. 188a, etc.;τῆς.. ὥρας τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ταύτης οὔσης, ἐν ᾗ ἀσθενοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι μάλιστα Th.7.47
; χαλεπὴ ὥ. a bad season, Pl.Prt. 344d;ἀ δ' ὤρα χαλέπα Alc.39
; ἡ ὥ. αὕτη this season, X.Cyn.7.1, cf. 5.6; κατὰ τὰς ὥρας according to the seasons, Arist.GA 786a31;οἱ περὶ τὴν ὥραν χρόνοι Id.Pol. 1335a37
.—Hom. and Hes. distinguish three seasons, and express each by the sg. ὥρη, with a word added to specify each:a spring,ἔαρος.. ὥρη Il.6.148
;ὥρη εἰαρινή 2.471
, 16.643, Od.18.367, etc.; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., ἦρος ὥρα or ὧραι, Ar.Nu. 1008 (anap.), E.Cyc. 508 (lyr.); ; (lyr.); v. infr. 2.c winter,χείματος ὥρη Hes.Op. 450
;ὥρῃ χειμερίῃ Od.5.485
, Hes.Op. 494; χειμῶνος ὥρᾳ in winter, And.1.137;χιονοβόλος Plu.2.182e
.—A. also names three seasons, Pr. 454sq.; an Egyptian division of the year, acc. to D.S.1.26.—A fourth first appears in Alcm.76, θέρος καὶ χεῖμα κὠπώραν τρίταν καὶ τέτρατον τὸ ϝῆρ; and in Hp.Vict.3.68,χειμών, ἦρ, θέρος, φθινόπωρον; ὥρας φαίνομεν ἡμεῖς ἦρος χειμῶνος ὀπώρας Ar.Av. 709
(anap.); τετράμορφοι ὧραι E(?).Fr. 943 (hex.): later, seven seasons are named,ἔαρ, θέρος, ὀπώρα, φθινόπωρον, σπορητός, χειμών, φυταλιά Gal.17(1).17
.2 esp. prime of the year, springtime,ὅσα φύλλα καὶ ἄνθεα γίγνεται ὥρῃ Od.9.51
, cf. Il.2.468;παρὰ τὴν καθεστηκυῖαν ὥραν Th.4.6
.b in historians, the campaigning season,τὸν τῆς ὥρας εἰς τὸν περίπλουν χρόνον X.HG6.2.13
; esp. in the phrase ὥρα ἔτους, Th.2.52, 6.70, Pl.Phdr. 229a, Lg. 952e, D.50.23, Thphr.CP3.23.2; εἰς ἔτους ὥραν next season, Plu.Per.10.3 the year generally,τῆς ὥρης μέσον θέρος Hdt.8.12
; ἐν τῇ πέρυσιν ὥρᾳ last year, D.56.3; εἰς ὥρας next year, Philem.116, Pl.Ep. 346c, LXX Ge.18.10, AP11.17 (Nicarch.), cf. Plu.Ages.22; also hereafter,E.
IA 122 (lyr.);ἐς τὰς ὥρας τὰς ἑτέρας Ar.Nu. 562
(lyr.);ἐκ τῶν ὡρῶν εἰς τὰς ὥρας Id.Th. 950
(anap.); κἠς ὥρας κἤπειτα next year and for ever, Theoc.15.74; alsoὥραις ἐξ ὡρᾶν Isyll.25
; cf. ὥρασιν.4 in pl., of the climate of a country, as determined by its seasons, Hdt.1.142, cf. 149, 4.199 (here perh. three harvest seasons);τὰς ὥ. κάλλιστα κεκρημένας Id.3.106
; cf. Pl.Criti. 111e, Phd. 111b; climatic conditions, Hdt.2.26.II time of day,νυκτὸς ἐν ὥρῃ h.Merc.67
, 155, 400; αἱ ὧ. τῆς ἡμέρας the times of day, i.e. morning, noon, evening, and night, X.Mem.4.3.4; δι' ὥραν ἡμέρας by the time of day (fixed for meetings), D.Prooem.49, etc.;πᾶσαν ὥ. τῆς ἡμέρας Arist.Mete. 371b31
;μεσονυκτίοις ποθ' ὥραις Anacreont.31.1
: without ἡμέρας orνυκτός, ἑκάστης ἡμέρας μέχρι τρίτου μέρους ὥρας Pl. Lg. 784a
;τῆς ὥρας μικρὸν πρὸ δύντος ἡλίου X.HG7.2.22
; ψευσθεὶς τῆς ὥ. having mistaken the hour, And.1.38; ἐποίησαν ἔξω μέσων νυκτῶν τὴν ὥραν, i.e. they prolonged the day beyond midnight, D.54.26;τῆς ὥρας ἐγίγνετ' ὀψέ Id.21.84
;ὀψίτερον τῆς ὥ. PTeb. 793 xi 12
(ii B. C.); it being late,Plb.
5.8.3;ἤδη ὥρα πολλή Ev.Marc.6.35
; ἄχρι πολλῆς ὥρας till late in the day, D.H.2.54.b duration, interval or lapse of time,μετὰ ἱκανὴν ὥραν τοῦ κατενεχθῆναι τὸν πέλεκυν ἐξακούεται ἡ τῆς πληγῆς φωνή S.E.M.5.69
; length of time, term, Ἄρτεμις ἐννέ' ἐτῶν δεκάδας βίον Ἀρτεμιδώρῳ ἔκχρησεν, τρεῖς δ' ὥραι(date.)ἔτι προσέθηκε Προνοίη IG12(3).1350.3
(Thera, ii B. C.); ἐπὶ πολλὴν ὥ. for a long time, J.AJ8.4.4.2 the νυχθήμερον was prob. first divided into twenty-four hours by Hipparch., ἐν πόσαις ὥραις ἰσημεριναῖς (equinoctial hours) , cf. Ptol.Alm.3.9, 4.9, al.b in ordinary life the day from sunrise to sunset was divided into twelve equal parts called ὧραι ( ὧραι καιρικαί when it was necessary to distinguish them from the ὧραι ἰσημεριναί, v. καιρικός 2 c),ἡμέρα ἡ.. δωδεκάωρος, τουτέστιν ἡ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς μέχρι δύσεως S.E.M.10.182
;οὐχὶ δώδεκά εἰσιν ὧραι τῆς ἡμέρας; Ev.Jo.11.9
;ὡράων ἀμφὶ δυωδεκάδι AP9.782
(Paul.Sil.); the time of day was commonly given without the Art.,ὥρᾳ ᾱ PHamb.1.96.3
(ii A. D.),τρίτης ὥρας Plu.Rom.12
; ὀγδόης, ἐνάτης, δεκάτης ὥ., Id.Alex.60, Aem.22, Ant.68, etc.; but we have περὶ τὴν τρίτην ὥραν, περὶ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην, Ev.Matt.20.3,6, beside περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐννάτην ὥ. ib.5;χθὲς ὥραν ἑβδόμην Ev.Jo.4.52
, cf. IG5(1).1390.109 (Andania, i B. C.), etc.; ἐρωτᾷ σε Χαιρήμων δειπνῆσαι.. αὔριον, ἥτις ἐστὶν ιε, ἀπὸ ὥρας θ ¯ - to-morrow the 15th at 9 o'clock, POxy.110 (ii A. D.): prov., δωδεκάτης ὥ., as we say 'at the eleventh hour', Plu.Crass.17.cτὰ δυώδεκα μέρεα τῆς ἡμέρης παρὰ Βαβυλωνίων ἔμαθον οἱ Ἕλληνες Hdt. 2.109
; here ἡμέρη means the νυχθήμερον, and the μέρεα were each = 2 ὧραι ἰσημεριναί; these double hours (Assyr. kaš-bu) are called ὧραι by Eudox.,ἥμισυ ζῳδίου.., ὅ ἐστιν ὥρας ἥμισυ Ars14.11
, cf. 16.2; cf.δωδεκάωρος 11
.III Astrol., degree of the zodiac rising at the nativity (cf.ὡρονόμος 11
,ὡροσκόπος 11
), ὥ. μεροποσπόρος, τεκνοσπόρος, Man.4.577, 597; ἐξ ὥρης ἐσορῶν Ζεὺς Ἑρμείην Jupiter in the ascendant in aspect with Mercury, Id.3.186, cf. 32, al.B the fitting time or season for a thing (mostly without Art., even in [dialect] Att.), freq. in Hom. (v. infr.);ὥρα συνάπτει Pi.P.4.247
;ὧραι ἐπειγόμεναι Id.N.4.34
;ὅταν ὥ. ἥκῃ X.Mem.2.1.2
; but with Art.,τῆς ὥ. ἐνθυμεῖσθαι Id.Cyn.8.6
: freq. in later writers,τῆς ὥρας ἐπιγενομένης Plb.2.34.3
, etc.2 c. gen. rei, ὥρη κοίτοιο, μύθων, ὕπνου, the time for bed, tale-telling, or sleep, Od.3.334, 11.379, cf. Hdt.1.10;ὥρη δόρποιο Od.14.407
;περὶ ἀρίστου ὥραν Th.7.81
, X.HG1.1.13;πολυηράτου ἐς γάμου ὥρην Od.15.126
;ἐς γάμου ὥρην ἀπικέσθαι Hdt. 6.61
;γάμων ἔχειν ὥραν D.H.5.32
; so εἰς ἀνδρὸς ὥραν ἥκουσα time for a husband, Pl.Criti. 113d; ὥρη ἀρότου, ἀμήτου, Hes.Op. 460, 575;μέχρι ἀρότου ὥρης IG7.235.3
(Oropus, iv B. C.);καρπῶν ὧραι Ar.Ra. 1034
(anap.);ἡ ὥρα τῆς ὀχείας Arist.HA 509b20
; τοῦ φωλεύειν ib. 579a26, etc.; also ὥραν εἶχον παιδεύεσθαι I was of age to.. Is.9.28.3 ὥρα [ἐστίν] c. inf., it is time to do a thing,ἀλλὰ καὶ ὥρη εὕδειν Od.11.330
, cf. 373; so also in Trag. and [dialect] Att., E.Ph. 1584, Heracl. 288 (anap.), Ar.Ec.30, Pl.Prt. 361e, 362a; soδοκεῖ οὐχ ὥρα εἶναι καθεύδειν X.An.1.3.11
, cf. HG7.2.13 (dub. l.): c. acc. et inf., , cf. S.OT 466 (lyr.): c. dat. et inf., X.Cyr.4.5.1, Pl.Tht. 145b: in these phrases the inf. [tense] pres. is almost universal; the [tense] aor., however, occurs in Od.21.428, S.Aj. 245 (lyr.), Ar.Ach. 393 (where also ἐστί is added to ὥρα, as in Philyll.3, ἀφαιρεῖν ὥρα 'στὶν ἤδη τὰς τραπέζας); and the [tense] pf. inὥρα πεπαῦσθαι Plu.2.728d
: sts. the inf. must be supplied,οὐδέ τί σε χρή, πρὶν ὥρη, καταλέχθαι Od.15.394
, cf. E.El. 112 (lyr.), Ar.Ec. 877; ὥρα κἠς οἶκον (i. e. ἰέναι εἰς οἶκον) Theoc.15.147.4 in various adverb. usages, at the right time,Hdt.
2.2, 8.19, X.Oec.20.16: but τὴν ὥ. at that hour, Hes.Sc. 401; ταύτην τὴν ὥραν at this season, X.Cyn.9.1;[ἡ ἶρις] πᾶσαν ὥραν γίγνεται τῆς ἡμέρας Arist.Mete. 371b31
;δείελον ὥρην παύομαι ἀμήτοιο A.R. 3.417
; ὥραν οὐδενὸς κοινὴν θεῶν at an hour.., A.Eu. 109, cf. E.Ba. 724, Aeschin.1.9; αὐτῆς ὥρας immediately, PMich. in Class.Phil.22.255(iii A. D.); ἐν ὥρῃ in due season, in good time, Od.17.176, Hdt. 1.31, cf. Pi.O.6.28, Ar.V. 242, etc.; also αἰεὶ εἰς ὥρας in successive seasons, Od.9.135; ἐς τὰς ὥρας for all time, Ar.Ra. 382 (lyr. cf. supr. A. 1.3) (hence in an acclamation [ε] ἰς ὥρας πᾶσι τοῖς τὴν πόλιν φιλοῦσιν hurrah for.., POxy.41.29 (iii/iv A. D.));οἱ ὧδε χέζοντες εἰς ὥ. μὴ ἔλθοιεν Milet.2(3)
No.406, cf.ὥρασι; καθ' ὥραν Theoc.18.12
, Plb.1.45.4, cf. 3.93.6, etc.; opp.παρ' ὥρην AP7.534
(Alex.Aet. or Autom.), cf. Plu.2.784b, etc.:—πρὸ τῆς ὥρας X.Oec.20.16
;πρὸ ὥρας Luc.Luct.13
;πρὸ ὥρας τελευτῆσαι IG42(1).84.26
(Epid., i A. D.);πρὶν ὥρας Pi.P.4.43
(cf.πρίν A. 11.4
).II metaph., the spring-time of life, the bloom of youth, Mimn.3.1;ὥραν ἐχούσας A.Supp. 997
, cf. Th.13, 535;παῖδας πρὸς τέρμασιν ὥρας Ar.Av. 705
(anap.);πάντες οἱ ἐν ὥρᾳ Pl.R. 474d
; οὐκ ἐνὥ., = πρεσβύτερος, Id.Phdr. 240d;ἐὰν ἐπὶ ὥρᾳ ᾖ Id.R. 474e
;ἕως ἂν ἐν ὥρᾳ ὦσι Id.Men. 76b
; παυσαμένου τῆς ὥ. prob. in Id.Phdr. 234a;ἀνθεῖν ἐν ὥ. Id.R. 475a
;τὴν ὥ. διαφυλάξαι ἄβατον τοῖς πονηροῖς Isoc.10.58
; λήγειν ὥρας, opp. ἀνθεῖν, Pl.Alc.1.131e;ἑς ἐπιγινόμενόν τι τέλος, οἷον τοῖς ἀκμαίοις ἡ ὥρα Arist.EN 1174b33
, cf. 1157a8.2 freq. involving an idea of beauty,φεῦ φεῦ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ κάλλους Ar.Av. 1724
(lyr.);ὥρᾳ.. ἡλικίας λαμπρός Th.6.54
;κάλλει καὶ ὥρᾳ διενεγκόντες Aeschin.1.134
, cf. ib.158;καλὸς ὥρᾳ τε κεκραμένος Pi.O.10(11).104
, cf. X.Mem. 2.1.22, Pl.Lg. 837b; quaestum corpore facere,Plu.
Tim..14, cf. X.Mem..1.6.13, Smp.8.21;τὴν ὥ. πεπωληκότες Phld.Rh.1.344
S.:—then,b generally, beauty, grace, elegance of style, D.H.Pomp.2, Plu.2.874b, etc.;γλυκύτης καὶ ὥ. Hermog.Id.2.3
, cf. Men.Rh.p.335 S., Him.Or.1.2; of beauty in general,χάρις καὶ ὥρα Plu.2.128d
.III = τὰ ὡραῖα, the produce of the season, fruits of the year,ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐτρέφοντο X.HG2.1.1
.C personified, αἱὯραι, the Hours, keepers of heaven's cloudgate, Il.5.749, 8.393; and ministers of the gods, ib. 433;Ζεῦ, τεαὶ.. Ὧραι Pi.O.4.2
; esp. of Aphrodite, h.Hom.6.5,12; also Ὧ. Διονυσιάδες, Καρνειάδες, Simon.148, Call.Ap.87; three in number, Eunomia, Dike, Eirene, daughters of Zeus and Themis, Hes.Th. 901;Ωραι πολυάνθεμοι Pi.O.13.17
, cf. Alex.261.6, Theoc.1.150, etc.: freq. joined with the Χάριτες, h.Ap. 194, Hes.Op.75; worshipped at Athens, Paus.9.35.1; at Argos, Id.2.20.5; at Attaleia, BMus.Inscr. 1044 (i B. C.). -
22 ἐπί
ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, nearⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, nearⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, onⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).ⓑ w. acc.α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., overⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.⑫ marker of hostile opposition, againstⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, aboutⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.ⓑ w. acc.α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, forⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).ⓒ w. acc.α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1. -
23 λόγος
λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word v. Theo Sm.pp.72,73 H., An.Ox.4.327): common in all periods in Prose and Verse, exc. Epic, in which it is found in signf. derived from λέγω (B) 111, cf.infr. VI. 1 a:1 account of money handled,σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν IG12.374.191
; ἐδίδοσαν τὸν λ. ib.232.2;λ. δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων Hdt.3.142
, cf. 143;οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λ. αὐτῶν οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς Lys.24.26
;λ. ἀπενεγκεῖν Arist.Ath.54.1
;ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λ. ὑπεχέτω Pl.Lg. 774b
;τὸν τῶν χρημάτων λ. παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν D.8.47
;ἀδικήματα εἰς ἀργυρίου λ. ἀνήκοντα Din.1.60
; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, Ev.Matt.18.23, etc.; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, Cod.Just.1.4.26.1; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H.: metaph.,οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν S.Aj. 477
.b public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ., in Egypt, OGI188.2, 189.3, 669.38; also as title of treasurer, ib.408.4, Str.17.1.12;ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν λ. IPE2.29
A ([place name] Panticapaeum); δημόσιος λ., = Lat. fiscus, OGI669.21 (Egypt, i A.D.), etc. (but later, = aerarium, Cod.Just.1.5.15); alsoΚαίσαρος λ. OGI669.30
; κυριακὸς λ. ib.18.2 generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, S.OC 1225 (lyr.); δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, Hdt.8.100;λ. αἰτεῖν Pl.Plt. 285e
;λ. δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι Id.Prt. 336c
, al.;λαμβάνειν λ. καὶ ἐλέγχειν Id.Men. 75d
;παρασχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων λ. Id.R. 344d
;λ. ἀπαιτεῖν D.30.15
, cf. Arist. EN 1104a3; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, D.19.95;λ. ἐγγράψαι Id.24.199
, al.;λ. ἀποφέρειν τῇ πόλει Aeschin.3.22
, cf. Eu. Luc.16.2, Ep.Hebr.13.17;τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγειν Plb.15.34.2
; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, Plot.6.9.4; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, Arist.APo. 74b27; ἐς λ. τινός on account of,ἐς χρημάτων λ. Th.3.46
, cf. Plb.5.89.6, LXX 2 Ma1.14, JRS 18.152 ([place name] Jerash); λόγῳ c. gen., by way of, Cod.Just.3.2.5. al.; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, Arist.HA 517b27;πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λ. Ep.Hebr.4.13
, cf. D.Chr.31.123.3 measure, tale (cf. infr. 11.1),θάλασσα.. μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν Heraclit.31
;ψυχῆς ἐστι λ. ἑαυτὸν αὔξων Id.115
; ἐς τούτου (sc. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, Hdt.3.99, cf.7.9.β; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, Th.7.56, cf. Ep.Phil.4.15; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, Pl.Lg. 746e; sum, total of expenditure, IG42(1).103.151 (Epid., iv B.C.); ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ., = Lat. patrimonii modus, Cod.Just.1.5.12.20.4 esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (cf. infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, Heraclit.39; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν' A.Pr. 233;οὐ σμικροῦ λ. S.OC 1163
: freq. in Hdt.,Μαρδονίου λ. οὐδεὶς γίνεται 8.102
;τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λ. 4.135
, cf. E.Fr.94;περὶ ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς λ. Ar.Ra.87
; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with.., Hdt.1.120, cf.4.138; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, Id.1.33; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, Id.1.143, 3.146; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Lat. rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, Democr.187, etc.: usu. in neg. statements,οὐδένα λ. ποιήσασθαί τινος Hdt.1.4
, cf. 13, Plb.21.14.9, etc.;λ. ἔχειν Hdt.1.62
, 115;λ. ἴσχειν περί τινος Pl.Ti. 87c
;λ. ἔχειν περὶ τοὺς ποιητάς Lycurg.107
;λ. ἔχειν τινός D.18.199
, Arist.EN 1102b32, Plu.Phil.18 (but also, have the reputation of.., v. infr. VI. 2 e);ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ποιήσασθαί τι Hdt.3.50
; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, Id.9.70;ἐν σμικρῷ λ. εἶναι Pl.R. 550a
; ὑμεῖς οὔτ' ἐν λ. οὔτ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, Hdt.3.120; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as.., Eus.Mynd.Fr. 59;σεμνὸς εἰς ἀρετῆς λ. καὶ δόξης D.19.142
.II relation, correspondence, proportion,1 generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), Thgn.418 = 1164;πρὸς λόγον τοῦ σήματος A.Th. 519
; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, Hdt.1.134, cf. 7.36;κατὰ λ. τῆς ἀποφορῆς Id.2.109
; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, Hp.VM16, Prog.17: c. gen., κατὰ λ. τῶν πρόσθεν ib. 24;κατὰ λ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ar. Nu. 619
;κατὰ λ. τῆς δυνάμεως X. Cyr.8.6.11
;ἐλάττω ἢ κατὰ λ. Arist. HA 508a2
, cf. PA 671a18;ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο ἐκείνη κατὰ λ. Id.Pol. 1257a31
; cf. εὔλογος: sts. with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to.., Hdt.1.186; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Prm. 136b, al.; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, Id.R. 353d; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, IG12.76.8; by parity of reasoning, Pl.Cra. 393c, R. 610a, al.; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, Id.Ti. 29c, Alc.2.145d; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς.. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to.. as.., Procl.in Euc.p.20 F., al.2 Math., ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ' ἀνάλογον λ., λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας, Theo Sm.p.73 H.), Pythag. 2;ἰσότης λόγων Arist.EN 113a31
;λ. ἐστὶ δύο μεγεθῶν ἡ κατὰ πηλικότητα ποιὰ σχέσις Euc.5
Def.3;τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τοὺς λ. Arist.Metaph. 985b32
, cf. 1092b14; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, Aristox.Harm.p.32 M.; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, Euc.Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, Aristox.Harm.p.34 M.;ἐὰν ᾖ ἰσχυροτέρα τοῦ αἰσθητηρίου ἡ κίνησις, λύεται ὁ λ. Arist.de An. 424a31
; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, Archyt.2; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, Pl. Ti. 37a; soκατὰ λ. Men.319.6
; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, Plb.6.30.3, 9.15.3 (but πρὸς λόγον ἐπὶ στενὸν συνάγεται narrows uniformly, Sor. 1.9, cf. Diocl.Fr.171);ἐπὶ λόγον IG5(1).1428
([place name] Messene).3 Gramm., analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncope, Choerob. in Theod.1.75 Gaisf., 1.377 H.;εἰπέ μοι τὸν λ. τοῦ Αἴας Αἴαντος, τουτέστι τὸν κανόνα An.Ox. 4.328
.1 plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ.; A.Ch. 515;ἐξ οὐδενὸς λ. S.Ph. 731
;ἀπὸ παντὸς λ. Id.OC 762
;χὠ λ. καλὸς προσῆν Id.Ph. 352
;σὺν ἀφανεῖ λ. Id.OT 657
(lyr., v.l. λόγων); ἐν ἀφανεῖ λ. Antipho 5.59
;ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ λ. Hdt.6.124
; κατὰ τίνα λ.; on what ground? Pl.R. 366b; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, Id.Prt. 343d; ἐπὶ τίνι λ.; for what reason? X.HG2.2.19; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, Aeschin.3.228; τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; what just cause is there? Pl.Grg. 512c; τίνι λ.; on what account? Act.Ap.10.29; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that.., ib.18.14; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, Pl.Ap. 31b; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, ib. 34b.b plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, ib. 18b, al., Arist.Rh. 1402a24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1042 (pl.); personified, ib. 886, al.;ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς λ. Pl.Phlb. 38a
;ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λ. αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν LXXEx.18.19
; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against.., Act.Ap.19.38.2 statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας prob. in Heraclit.50; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, Parm.8.50; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Democr.7; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, S.El. 466, Pl.Phd. 62d, etc.;ἔχει λ. D.44.32
;οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταβαλεῖ λ. E.Ba. 202
;δίκασον.. τὸν λ. ἀκούσας Pl.Lg. 696b
; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ. ib. 714d, cf. Sph. 238b, Phlb. 50a; ὡς ὁ λ. (sc. λέγει) Arist.EN 1115b12; ὡς ὁ λ. ὁ ὀρθὸς λέγει ib. 1138b20, cf. 29;ὁ λ. θέλει προσβιβάζειν Phld.Rh.1.41
, cf.1.19 S.; ;λ. καθαίρων Aristo Stoic.1.88
; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, Phld.Mus.p.77 K.; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, Ev.Jo.5.24; ὁ προφητικὸς λ., collect., of VT prophecy, 2 Ep.Pet.1.19: pl.,ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα Heraclit.108
;οὐκ ἐπίθετο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λ. Ar.Nu.73
; of arguments leading to a conclusion ([etym.] ὁ λ.), Pl. Cri. 46b;τὰ Ἀναξαγόρου βιβλία γέμει τούτων τῶν λ. Id.Ap. 26d
; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, Arist.EN 1095a31; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. Id.APr. 24b18; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, Plot.6.8.7.b ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ., title of a discourse by Protagoras, D.L.9.54; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ., name of an argument, ib.23;ὁ αὐξόμενος λ. Plu.2.559b
; καταβάλλοντες (sc. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, S.E.M.7.60;λ. σοφιστικοί Arist.SE 165a34
, al.;οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λ. Id.Rh. 1417a19
, etc.; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ., current outside the Lyceum, Id.Ph. 217b31, al.; Δισσοὶ λ., title of a philosophical treatise (= Dialex.); Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, Ath.8.338d.c in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion,πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος Arist.APr. 24a16
.d rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, Pi.O.2.22, P.1.35, N.4.31;πείθεσθαι τῷ λ. ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται Pl.Cri. 46b
, cf. c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, Id.Lg. 696c; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, Arist.EN 1139a32; of the final cause,ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν Id.PA 639b15
; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου ib.18; [τέχνη] ἕξις μετὰ λ. ἀληθοῦς ποιητική Id.EN 1140a10
; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, ib. 1144b27, 1147b3, al.; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently,ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν Pl.Lg. 689d
, cf. Ti. 89d; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opp. κατὰ πάθος, Arist.EN 1169a5; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, Plb.1.20.3.3 law, rule of conduct,ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ Heraclit.72
;πολλοὶ λόγον μὴ μαθόντες ζῶσι κατὰ λόγον Democr.53
; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, Arist.Pol. 1286a17;ὁ νόμος.. λ. ὢν ἀπό τινος φρονήσεως καὶ νοῦ Id.EN 1180a21
; ὁ νόμος.. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, Plu. 2.780c; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, Phld.Piet.30, cf. 102;ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λ. κοινός M.Ant.4.4
.4 thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, Pl. Prt. 344b; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, Id.Phd. 100a; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, Arist.Cael. 296a20.5 reason, ground,πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε Heraclit.1
;οὕτω βαθὺν λ. ἔχει Id.45
; ἐκ λόγου, opp. μάτην, Leucipp. 2;μέγιστον σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λ. Meliss.8
; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for.., Pl.Grg. 465a; μετὰ λόγουτε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας Id.Sph. 265c
; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) Id.Tht. 201c; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, Arist. Metaph. 1011a12;οἱ ἁπάντων ζητοῦντες λ. ἀναιροῦσι λ. Thphr.Metaph. 26
.6 formula (wider than definition, but freq. equivalent thereto), term expressing reason,λ. τῆς πολιτείας Pl.R. 497c
; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, Id.Phdr. 245e;ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λ. Id.R. 343a
; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας ib. 534b, cf. Phd. 78d;τὰς πολλὰς ἐπιστήμας ἑνὶ λ. προσειπεῖν Id.Tht. 148d
;ὁ τῆς οἰκοδομήσεως λ. ἔχει τὸν τῆς οἰκίας Arist. PA 646b3
;τεθείη ἂν ἴδιον ὄνομα καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λ. Id.Metaph. 1006b5
, cf. 1035b4;πᾶς ὁρισμὸς λ. τίς ἐστι Id.Top. 102a5
; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, Id.de An. 414b23; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, Id.Pol. 1276b24;πηγῆς λ. ἔχον Ph.2.477
; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of.., Plu.2.637d; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (cf. supr. II) of combination, Arist.PA 642a22, cf. Metaph. 993a17.7 reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law,κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα Pl.R. 500c
; κατ τὸν < αὐτὸν αὖ> λ. by the same law, Epich.170.18;ψυχῆς τὸ πᾶν τόδε διοικούσης κατὰ λ. Plot.2.3.13
; esp. in Stoic Philos., the divine order,τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν Zeno Stoic.1.24
; τὸ ποιοῦν τὸν ἐν [τῇ ὕλῃ] λ. τὸν θεόν ibid., cf. 42;ὁ τοῦ κόσμου λ. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.264
; λόγος, = φύσει νόμος, Stoic.2.169;κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λ. M.Ant.7.53
;ὁ ὀρθὸς λ. διὰ πάντων ἐρχόμενος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.4
: so in Plot.,τὴν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον, ὃς ποιεῖ λ. ἄλλον γέννημα αὑτοῦ 3.8.2
.b σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms,ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου Zeno Stoic.1.28
: usu. in pl., Stoic. 2.205,314,al.;γίνεται τὰ ἐν τῷ παντὶ οὐ κατὰ σπερματικούς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λ. περιληπτικούς Plot.3.1.7
, cf.4.4.39: so withoutσπερματικός, ὥσπερ τινὲς λ. τῶν μερῶν Cleanth.Stoic.1.111
;οἱ λ. τῶν ὅλων Ph.1.9
.c in Neo-Platonic Philos., of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe,ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι Plot.3.8.4
;οἱ ἐν σπέρματι λ. πλάττουσι.. τὰ ζῷα οἷον μικρούς τινας κόσμους Id.4.3.10
, cf.3.2.16,3.5.7; opp. ὅρος, Id.6.7.4;ἀφανεῖς λ. τῆς φύσεως Procl.
in R.1.18 K.; τεχνικοὶ λ. ib.142 K., al.IV inward debate of the soul (cf.λ. ὃν αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ διεξέρχεται Pl.Tht. 189e
( διάλογος in Sph. 263e); ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opp. ὁ ἔξω λ.), Arist.APo. 76b25, 27; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opp. ὁ προφορικὸς λ., Stoic.2.43, Ph.2.154),1 thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opp. ἰδία φρόνησις, Heraclit. 2; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ.. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, Parm.1.36; reflection, deliberation (cf. VI.3),ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωυτῷ περὶ τῆς ὄψιος Hdt.1.209
, cf. 34, S.OT 583, D.45.7; μὴ εἰδέναι.. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, Anaxag.7;ἃ δὴ λόγῳ μὲν καὶ διανοίᾳ ληπτά, ὄψει δ' οὔ Pl.R. 529d
, cf. Prm. 135e;ὁ λ. ἢ ἡ αἴσθησις Arist.EN 1149a35
,al.; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opp. αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, Aristocl. ap. Eus.PE14.17: hence λόγῳ or τῷ λ. in idea, in thought,τῷ λ. τέμνειν Pl.R. 525e
; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, Arist. EN 1102a30, cf. GC 320b14, al.; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opp. sensibly perceived, Placit.1.3.5, cf. Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.20;τοὺς λ. θεωρητοὺς χρόνους Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.
; διὰ λόγου θ. χ. ib.p.10 U.;λόγῳ καταληπτός Phld.Po.5.20
, etc.; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, Hdt.2.33; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, Id.3.45,6.124, cf. Pl.Cri. 48c (but, our argument shows, Lg. 663d): also c. acc. pers., χρᾶται ὅ τι μιν λ. αἱρέει as the whim took him, Hdt.1.132; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, Id.4.127, cf. Pl.R. 607b; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, Zeno Stoic.1.50, M.Ant.2.5, cf. 4.24, Arr.Epict. 2.2.20, etc.: coupled or contrasted with other functions, καθ' ὕπνον ἐπειδὴ λόγου καὶ φρονήσεως οὐ μετεῖχε since reason and understanding are in abeyance, Pl.Ti. 71d; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opp. αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, Id.Sph. 265c; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opp. μετ' αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, Id.Ti. 28a; τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ μετ' ἀληθοῦς λ., opp. τὸ δὲ ἄλογον, ib. 51e, cf. 70d, al.;λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν Id.Phlb. 62a
; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, Id.Phd. 73a;πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθόλου Arist.Metaph. 1059b26
;τὸ λόγον ἔχον Id.EN 1102b15
, 1138b9, al.: in sg. and pl., contrasted by Pl. and Arist. as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sts. with depreciatory emphasis on the former,εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα Pl.Phd. 99e
; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opp. τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities), ib. 100a;τῇ αἰσθήσει μᾶλλον τῶν λ. πιστευτέον Arist.GA 760b31
; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ., opp. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, Id.Ph. 189a4; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opp. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, Id.Mete. 378b20; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opp. ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, Id.Pol. 1326a29;ἡ πίστις οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λ. Id.Ph. 262a19
;μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λ. Id.Pol. 1334a6
; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opp. perception, Id.Ph. 189a7; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opp. practice, Epicur.Sent.25; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opp. intuition, Arist.EN 1142a26, 1143b1; reasoning in general, ib. 1149a26; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, Id.Metaph. 1063b10;λ. καὶ φρόνησιν Phld.Mus.p.105
K.; ὁ λ. ἢ λογισμός ibid.; τὸ ἰδεῖν οὐκέτι λ., ἀλλὰ μεῖζον λόγου καὶ πρὸ λόγου, of mystical vision, opp. reasoning, Plot.6.9.10.—Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, Pl.Ti. 30b;οὔκουν τόν γ' εἰκότα λ. ἂν ἔχοι Id.Lg. 647d
; παρὰ λόγον, opp. κατὰ λ., Arist.Rh.Al. 1429a29, cf. EN 1167b19; cf. παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, E.Ba. 940).2 reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [Epich.] 256; [θυμοειδὲς] τοῦ λ. κατήκοον Pl.Ti. 70a
; [θυμὸς] ὑπὸ τοῦ λ. ἀνακληθείς Id.R. 440d
; σύμμαχον τῷ λ. τὸν θυμόν ib. b;πειθαρχεῖ τῷ λ. τὸ τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς Arist. EN 1102b26
; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ. ib.17;ἐναντίωσις λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας Plot.4.7.13(8)
;οὐ θυμός, οὐκ ἐπιθυμία, οὐδὲ λ. οὐδέ τις νόησις Id.6.9.11
: freq. in Stoic. Philos. of human Reason, opp. φαντασία, Zeno Stoic.1.39; opp. φύσις, Stoic.2.206; οὐ σοφία οὐδὲ λ. ἐστὶν ἐν [τοῖς ζῴοις] ibid.;τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὡς λ. ἔχων λ. μὴ ἔχουσι χρῶ M.Ant.6.23
;ὁ λ. κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς Arr.Epict. 1.3.3
;οἷον [εἰκὼν] λ. ὁ ἐν προφορᾷ λόγου τοῦ ἐν ψυχῇ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὴ λ. νοῦ Plot.5.1.3
; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (sc. εὐδαιμονίαν) Procl.in Ti.3.334 D.; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [Epich.] 257;τὸν θεῖον λ. καθ' Ἡράκλειτον δι' ἀναπνοῆς σπάσαντες νοεροὶ γινόμεθα S.E.M.7.129
(cf. infr. x).b creative reason,ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν Plot.3.2.14
;ἀρχὴ οὖν λ. καὶ πάντα λ. καὶ τὰ γινόμενα κατ' αὐτόν Id.3.2.15
;οἱ λ. πάντες ψυχαί Id.3.2.18
.2 legend,ἱρὸς λ. Hdt.2.62
, cf. 47, Pi.P.3.80 (pl.);συνθέντες λ. E.Ba. 297
;λ. θεῖος Pl.Phd. 85d
; ἱεροὶ λ., of Orphic rhapsodies, Suid. S.V. Ὀρφεύς.3 tale, story,ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. Xenoph. 7.1
, cf. Th.1.97, etc.;συνθέτους λ. A.Pr. 686
; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, E.Ba. 663; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', Pl.Ap. 34e; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, Isoc.3.27: pl., histories,ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. Hdt.1.184
, cf. 106, 2.99; so in sg., a historical work, Id.2.123, 6.19,7.152: also in sg., one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), Id.2.38,6.39, cf. VI.3d; so in pl.,ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. Id.2.161
, cf. 1.75,5.22,7.93, 213;ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. Id.5.36
; ὁ πρῶτος λ., of St. Luke's gospel, Act.Ap.1.1: in Pl., opp. μῦθος, as history to legend, Ti. 26e; , cf. Grg. 523a (but μῦθον λέγειν, opp. λόγῳ ( argument)διεξελθεῖν Prt. 320c
, cf. 324d);περὶ λόγων καὶ μύθων Arist.Pol. 1336a30
;ὁ λ... μῦθός ἐστι Ael.NA4.34
.4 speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc.,χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ Aeschin.3.57
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1358a38;δικανικοὶ λ. Id.EN 1181a4
;τρία γένη τῶν λ. τῶν ῥητορικῶν, συμβουλευτικόν, δικανικόν, ἐπιδεικτικόν Id.Rh. 1358b7
;τῷ γράψαντι τὸν λ. Thphr. Char.17.8
, cf.λογογράφος 11
; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, Pl.Mx. 236b; esp. of the body of a speech, opp. ἐπίλογος, Arist.Rh. 1420b3; opp. προοίμιον, ib. 1415a12; body of a law, opp. proem, Pl.Lg. 723b; spoken, opp. written word,τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι Id.Phdr. 276a
; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, ib. 243c; published speech, D.C.40.54; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy ([etym.] ῥήσεις), Arist.Po. 1450b6,9.VI verbal expression or utterance (cf. λέγω (B) 111), rarely a single word, v. infr. b, never in Gramm. signf. of vocable ([etym.] ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usu. of a phrase, cf. IX. 3 (the only sense found in [dialect] Ep.).a pl., without Art., talk,τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις Il.15.393
;αἱμύλιοι λ. Od.1.56
, h.Merc. 317, Hes.Th. 890, Op.78, 789, Thgn.704, A.R.3.1141; ψευδεῖς Λ., personified, Hes.Th. 229;ἀφροδίσιοι λ. Semon.7.91
;ἀγανοῖσι λ. Pi.P. 4.101
; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, Id.N.8.21; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, S.Aj. 1268 (s.v.l.), El. 415; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, Id.OT 681 (lyr.): also in sg., λέγ' εἴ σοι τῷ λ. τις ἡδονή speak if thou delightest in talking, Id.El. 891.b sg., expression, phrase,πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. Id.Ant. 1245
, cf. E.Hipp. 514;μυρίας ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ Hdt.2.37
; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, Simon.189, Arist.Metaph. 1091a8; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, Plot.4.9.3; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, Pl.Phdr. 241e, Phd. 65d; concisely, Arist. EN 1103b21 (but also, = ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ. Id.GC 325a1): pl., λ. θελκτήριοι magic words, E.Hipp. 478; rarely of single words,λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν Arist.Rh. 1406a36
; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, Ev.Matt.15.23.c coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc., mostly in a depreciatory sense,λ. ἔργου σκιή Democr. 145
;ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα λόγοις μ' ἀπατᾷς Thgn.254
; λόγῳ, opp. ἔργῳ, Democr.82, etc.;νηπίοισι οὐ λ. ἀλλὰ ξυμφορὴ διδάσκαλος Id.76
;ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι A.Pr. 338
, cf. S.El.59, OC 782;λόγῳ μὲν λέγουσι.. ἔργῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀποδεικνῦσι Hdt.4.8
;οὐ λόγων, φασίν, ἡ ἀγορὴ δεῖται, χαλκῶν δέ Herod.7.49
;οὔτε λ. οὔτε ἔργῳ Lys.9.14
; λόγοις, opp. ψήφῳ, Aeschin.2.33; opp. νόῳ, Hdt.2.100;οὐ λόγῳ μαθών E.Heracl.5
;ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος Pl.Lg. 935a
; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα ib. 886e, cf. Luc.Anach.19;ἵνα μὴ λ. οἴησθε εἶναι, ἀλλ' εἰδῆτε τὴν ἀλήθειαν Lycurg.23
, cf. D.30.34; opp. πρᾶγμα, Arist.Top. 146a4; opp. βία, Id.EN 1179b29, cf. 1180a5; opp. ὄντα, Pl.Phd. 100a; opp. γνῶσις, 2 Ep.Cor.11.6; λόγῳ in pretence, Hdt.1.205, Pl.R. 361b, 376d, Ti. 27a, al.; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words,ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο Id.Cri. 46d
; λόγου χάριν, opp. ὡς ἀληθῶς, Arist.Pol. 1280b8; but also, let us say, for instance, Id.EN 1144a33, Plb.10.46.4, Phld. Sign.29, M.Ant.4.32; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, Pl.Tht. 191c; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ., = Lat. verbo tenus, Plb.10.24.7, Epict.Ench.16: sts. without depreciatory force, the antithesis or parallelism being verbal (cf. 'word and deed'),λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει S.OC68
;ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λ. Pl.R. 382e
, cf. D.S.13.101, Ev.Luc.24.19, Act.Ap.7.22, Paus.2.16.2; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opp. τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, Th. 1.22.2 common talk, report, tradition,ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην Batr. 8
;λ. ἐκ πατέρων Alc.71
;οὐκ ἔστ' ἔτυμος λ. οὗτος Stesich.32
;διξὸς λέγεται λ. Hdt.3.32
;λ. ὑπ' Αἰγυπτίων λεγόμενος Id.2.47
; νέον [λ.] tidings, S.Ant. 1289 (lyr.); τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, Hdt.2.148: also in pl., ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι traditions, Pl.Lg. 886b.b rumour,ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit. 87
; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, B.14.44; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Th.6.46; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς .. Plb.3.89.3; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι .. Ev.Jo.21.23, cf. Act.Ap.11.22; fiction, Ev.Matt.28.15.c mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, Hdt.4.28, cf. Plb.1.24.8, etc.; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, Hdt.2.35; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, Th. 2.50;μείζω ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λ. τις ἂν εἴποι D.6.11
.d the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour (cf. supr. 1.4),πολλὰ φέρειν εἴωθε λ... πταίσματα Thgn.1221
;λ. ἐσλὸν ἀκοῦσαι Pi.I.5(4).13
;πλέονα.. λ. Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν Id.N.7.21
;ἵνα λ. σε ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθός Hdt.7.5
, cf. 9.78; Τροίαν.. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, E.IT 517;οὐκ ἂν ἦν λ. σέθεν Id.Med. 541
: less freq. in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, S. Aj. 138 (anap.), E.Heracl. 165: pl., λόγους ψιθύρους πλάσσων slanders, S.Aj. 148 (anap.).e λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, c. acc. et inf.,ἔστ τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν Simon.58.1
, cf. S.El. 417; λ. μὲν ἔστ' ἀρχαῖος ὡς .. Id.Tr.1; λ. alone, E.Heracl.35;ὡς λ. A.Supp. 230
, Pl. Phlb. 65c, etc.;λ. ἐστί Hdt.7.129
,9.26, al.;λ. αἰὲν ἔχει S.OC 1573
(lyr.); ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, Th.1.10: also with a personal subject in the reverse construction. Κλεισθένης λ. ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι has the credit of.., Hdt.5.66, cf. Pl.Epin. 987b, 988b;λ. ἔχοντα σοφίας Ep.Col.2.23
, v.supr.1.4.3 discussion, debate, deliberation,πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. Hdt.8.59
;συνελέχθησαν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐς τὠυτὸ καὶ ἐδίδοσαν σφίσι λόγον, λέγοντες περὶ τῶν κατηκόντων Id.1.97
;οἱ Πελασγοὶ ἑωυτοῖσι λόγους ἐδίδοσαν Id.6.138
; ;οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης λ. Aeschin.2.74
; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, Arist.Pol. 1264b39;τὸ μῆκος τῶν λ. D.Chr.7.131
; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, Arist.EN 1097a24; ὁ παρὼν λ. ib. 1104a11; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, Pl.Ap. 26b, cf. Tht. 184a, M.Ant.8.32; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, Pl.Prt. 329c, Grg. 506a, etc.; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, Id.Lg. 893a; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, Ar.Eq. 1300: freq. in pl., ἐς λόγους συνελθόντες parley, Hdt. 1.82; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with, ib.86;ἐς λ. ἀπικέσθαι τινί Id.2.32
;διὰ λόγων ἰέναι E.Tr. 916
;ἐμαυτῇ διὰ λ. ἀφικόμην Id.Med. 872
;ἐς λ. ἄγειν τινά X.HG4.1.2
;κοινωνεῖν λόγων καὶ διανοίας Arist.EN 1170b12
.b right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ.; S.OC 66; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, Th.3.53;λ. διδόναι X.HG5.2.20
; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον ib.1.7.5;λόγου τυχεῖν D.18.13
, cf. Arist.EN 1095b21, Plb.18.52.1;οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες Arist.Pol. 1260b5
;δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου Trag.Adesp.304
;διδόντας λ. καὶ δεχομένους ἐν τῷ μέρει Luc.Pisc.8
: hence, time allowed for a speech,ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. And.1.26
,al.;ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λ. Pl.Ap. 34a
;οὐκ ἐλάττω λ. ἀνήλωκε D.18.9
.c dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate,ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ Pl. Cra. 430d
;πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λ. ποιεῖσθαι Id.Prt. 348a
: hence, dialogue as a form of literature,οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. Arist.Po. 1447b11
, Rh. 1417a20; cf. διάλογος.d section, division of a dialogue or treatise (cf. v. 3),ὁ πρῶτος λ. Pl.Prm. 127d
; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ., Id.Phlb. 18e, 19b;ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λ. Arist.PA 682a3
; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. Ph.bk.8), Id.GC 318a4;ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐπαίνου λ. Phld.Rh.1.219
; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy,τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ., τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.258
.e in pl., literature, letters, Pl.Ax. 365b, Epin. 975d, D.H.Comp.1,21 (but, also in pl., treatises, Plu.2.16c);οἱ ἐπὶ λόγοις εὐδοκιμώτατοι Hdn.6.1.4
; Λόγοι, personified, AP9.171 (Pall.).VII a particular utterance, saying:1 divine utterance, oracle, Pi.P.4.59;λ. μαντικοί Pl. Phdr. 275b
;οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λ. Pl.Ap. 20e
;ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Apoc.1.2
,9.2 proverb, maxim, saying, Pi.N.9.6, A.Th. 218; ὧδ' ἔχει λ. ib. 225; τόνδ' ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς .. Critias 21, cf. Pl.R. 330a, Ev.Jo.4.37;ὁ παλαιὸς λ. Pl.Phdr. 240c
, cf. Smp. 195b, Grg. 499c, Lg. 757a, 1 Ep.Ti.1.15, Plu.2.1082e, Luc.Alex.9, etc.;τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο Herod.2.45
, cf. D.Chr.66.24, Luc.JTr.3, Alciphr.3.56, etc.: pl., Arist.EN 1147a21.4 express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, Hdt.1.141,al.; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ' ᾧ τε .. on the following terms, Id.7.158, cf. 9.26;ἐνδέξασθαι τὸν λ. Id.1.60
, cf. 9.5; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, Id.7.158: freq. in pl., terms, conditions, Id.9.33, etc.5 word of command, behest, A.Pr.17,40 (both pl.), Pers. 363;ἀνθρώπους πιθανωτέρους ποιεῖν λόγῳ X.Oec.13.9
;ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Ev.Matt.8.16
; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten Commandments, LXX Ex.34.28, Ph.1.496.VIII thing spoken of, subject-matter (cf. 111.1 b and 2),λ. τοῦτον ἐάσομεν Thgn.1055
; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, Hdt.1.21, cf. 111; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, ib.95, 116; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret, ib. 127;μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λ. τοῦτον εῐπῃς Id.8.65
; τίς ἦν λ.; S.OT 684 ( = πρᾶγμα, 699); περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, Pl.Prt. 314c; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, Arist.Rh. 1415a12, cf. 111.1b; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that.., Aeschin.3.124;οὐκ ἔστεξε τὸν λ. Plb.8.12.5
;οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λ. τούτῳ Act.Ap.8.21
;ἱκανὸς αὐτῷ ὁ λ. Pl.Grg. 512c
; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, Arist.Rh. 1418a35;μηδένα λ. ὑπολιπεῖν Isoc.4.146
; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite,οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. Pl.Phlb. 42e
, cf. Prt. 344a;ἐὰν πρὸς λ. τι ᾖ Id.Phlb. 33c
; alsoπρὸς λόγου Id.Grg. 459c
(s. v.l.).b in Art, subject of a painting,ζωγραφίας λόγοι Philostr.VA 6.10
;λ. τῆς γραφῆς Id.Im.1.25
.IX expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ., opp. διάνοια, Pl.Sph. 263e; intelligent utterance, opp. φωνή, Arist.Pol. 1253a14;λ. ἐστὶ φωνὴ σημαντικὴ κατὰ συνθήκην Id.Int. 16b26
, cf. Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213; ὅθεν (from the heart)ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται Stoic.2.228
, cf. 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, Hsch. ap. Sch.Pl.R. 600c, Suid.;λόγου πειθοῖ Democr.181
: in pl., eloquence, Isoc.3.3,9.11;τὴν ἐν λόγοις εὐρυθμίαν Epicur.Sent.Pal.5p.69
v. d. M.; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, Ar.Nu. 130 (pl.), cf. Arist.Rh. 1418b1;τοῦ μὴ ᾀδομένου λ. Pl.R. 398d
; ἡδυσμένος λ., of rhythmical language set to music, Arist.Po. 1449b25; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, 1 Ep.Cor.1.5; ἐν λόγοις in orations, Arist.Po. 1459a13; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, Id.SE 182b15, Pol. 1336b14.2 of various modes of expression, esp. artistic and literary, ;ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς X.Cyr.1.4.25
, cf. Pl.Lg. 835b; prose, opp. ποίησις, Id.R. 390a; opp. ψιλομετρία, Arist.Po. 1448a11; opp. ἔμμετρα, ib. 1450b15 (pl.); τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (sc. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον)ὁμοιότατον εἶναι Id.Rh. 1404a31
; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, ib. b33 (but ψιλοὶ λ., = arguments without diagrams, Pl.Tht. 165a); λ. πεζοί, opp. ποιητική, D.H.Comp.6; opp. ποιήματα, ib.15;κοινὰ καὶ ποιημάτων καὶ λόγων Phld.Po.5.7
; πεζὸς λ. ib.27, al.b of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words,τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν.. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ Pl.R. 398d
; opp. πρᾶξις, Arist.Po. 1454a18; dramatic dialogue, opp. τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, ib. 1449a17.3 Gramm., phrase, complex term, opp. ὄνομα, Id.SE 165a13; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun- phrase, Id.APo. 93b30, cf. Rh. 1407b27; expression, D.H.Th.2, Demetr.Eloc.92.b sentence, complete statement, "ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς.. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον Pl.Sph. 262c
;λ. αὐτοτελής A.D.Synt.3.6
, D.T.634.1; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, Pl.Tht. 202b; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed, ib. 201e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1404b26.c language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.31, S.E.M.9.350, etc.;τὰ μόρια τοῦ λ. D.H.Comp.6
;μέρος λ. D.T.633.26
, A.D.Pron.4.6, al. (but ἓν μέρος <τοῦ cod.> λόγου one word, Id.Synt.340.10, cf. 334.22); περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ., title of work by Chrysippus.X the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government,ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. LXX Wi.18.15
;ὁ ἐκ νοὸς φωτεινὸς λ. υἱὸς θεοῦ Corp.Herm.1.6
, cf. Plu.2.376c; λ. θεοῦ δι' οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] Ph.1.162; τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεοῦ λ. ib.56; λ. θεῖος.. εἰκὼν θεοῦ ib. 561, cf. 501; τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων [θεοῦ] λ. ib. 492; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ. ib. 122: in NT identified with the person of Christ,ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. Ev.Jo.1.1
, cf. 14, 1 Ep.Jo.2.7, Apoc.19.13;ὁ λ. τῆς ζωῆς 1 Ep.Jo.1.1
. -
24 παρέχω
Aπαρέξω Od.18.317
, Th.8.48,παρασχήτω Id.6.86
, Isoc. 6.71, 15.248 : [tense] pf. παρέσχηκα : [tense] aor. παρέσχον, [dialect] Ep. inf.παρασχέμεν Il. 19.147
; imper. ( παράσχε is f.l.) ; poet.παρέσχεθον Hes. Th. 639
, inf.παρασχεθεῖν Ar.Eq. 321
; [dialect] Aeol.παρέσκεθον Alc. Oxy.1788
Fr.15 ii 11 ; παρεχέσκετο is f.l. for παρεκέσκετο in Od.14.521. [In Od.19.113, πᾱρέχη.]A [voice] Act., hand over, Il.18.556 ; furnish, supply,φάος πάντεσσι παρέξω Od.18.317
;δῶρα Il.19.147
; esp. in Od., ἱερήϊα, βρῶσίν τε πόσιν τε, σῖτον, 14.250, 15.490, 18.360 : abs., ἐγὼ δ' εὖ πᾶσι παρέξω I will provide for all, 8.39 ;π. νέας Hdt.4.83
, 7.21 ;τεταρτημόριον τοῦ μισθώματος Id.2.180
;χρήματα Th.8.48
; ἀργύριον, ποίμνια, IG12.39.69,45.4 ;αἱ δὲ Συράκουσαι σῦς.. παρέχουσιν Hermipp.63.9
; πληρώμαθ' ἡ πόλις παρέχει the state finds men to man the ships, D.21.155, cf. Lys. 19.43.2 of natural objects, yield, produce,θάλασσα π. ἰχθῦς Od.19.113
; [ σίδηρον] παρέξει (sc. σόλος) Il.23.835.3 of incorporeal things, afford, cause, φιλότητα, ἀρετήν, γέλω τε καὶ εὐφροσύνην, 3.354, Od.18.133, 20.8 ;ὀνίαις Alc.88
;π. εἰράναν τισί Pi.P.9.23
;ὕμνον Id.N.6.33
;αἶσαν Id.O.6.102
;Σάρδεσιπένθος A.Pers. 322
; τύχην, φρίκην, S.OT53, 1306 (anap.); χάριν, εὔνοιαν, Id.OC 1498(lvr.), Tr. 708 ; ὄχλον, πρήγματα π., Hdt. 1.86, al. (v. πρᾶγμα); πόνον Alc.19
, Hdt.1.177 ; ;π. εὔνοιαν εἴς τινα Antipho 5.76
; αἴσθησιν παρέχει τινός enables one to observe a thing, Th.2.50 ; but αἴσθησιν π., abs., it causes remark, is perceived, Id.3.22, X.An.4.6.13 ; πενία ἀνάγκῃ τὴν τόλμαν π. Th.3.45 ; ὑφειμένου δόξαν π., = ὑφειμένῳ ἐοικέναι, Plu.2.131a.1 c. inf., [ ὄϊες]παρέχουσι.. γάλα θῆσθαι Od.4.89
;π. τὸ σῶμα τύπτειν Ar.Nu. 441
;τὸ στράτευμα π. τισὶ διαφθεῖραι Th.8.50
(withoutinf.,πτήξας δέμας παρεῖχε A.Pers. 210
): with reflex. Pron., ἐμαυτόν σοι ἐμμελετᾶν π. I give myself up to you to practise upon, Pl.Phdr. 228e ;π. ἐμαυτὸν ἐρωτᾶν Id.Ap. 33b
, cf. Prt. 312c ;π. ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς ἄρχουσι χρῆσθαι ἤν τι δέωνται X.Cyr.1.2.9
: rarely with a part.,π. ἑαυτὸν δεδησόμενον Luc. Tox. 35
.2 give oneself up, submit oneself, ἑαυτόν being omitted,π. [ἑωυτοὺς] διαφθαρῆναι Hdt.9.17
; πατεῖν παρεῖχετῷ θέλοντι [ ἑαυτόν] S. Aj. 1146, cf. Ar.Nu. 422 ;τοῖς ἰατροῖς παρέχουσι.. ἀποτέμνειν καὶ ἀποκάειν X.Mem.1.2.54
, cf. Pl.Grg. 456b ; τῷ λόγῳ ὥσπερ ἰατρῷ παρέχων ἀποκρίνου ib. 475d, cf. Tht. 191a; ; esp. of a woman, sens. obsc., Ar.Lys. 162, 227, Luc. DMeretr.5.4, etc. (in full,π. ἑαυτήν Id.DMar.13.1
, Artem.1.78).3 with reflex. Pron. and a predicative, show, exhibit oneself so and so,π. ἐμαυτὸν ὅσιον καὶ δίκαιον Antipho 2.2.2
; σπάνιον σεαυτὸν π. Pl. Euthphr.3d ; σαυτὸν σοφιστὴν π. Id.Prt. 312a ;ἑαυτὸν π. εὐπειθῆ X.Cyr. 2.1.22
; μέτριον ἐμαυτὸν π. Aeschin.1.1 ;τοιοῦτον πολίτην Lys.14.1
;π.ἐν τῷ μέσῳ ἐμαυτόν X.Cyr.7.5.46
;δέμασἀ κέντητον παρέχων Pi.O.1.21
.III allow, grant,σιγὴν παρασχὼν κλῦθί μου S.Tr. 1115
: c. inf., ἐπεὶ παρέσχες ἀντιφωνῆσαι did'st allow me to.., ib. 1114 ;π. αὐτοὺς δικαστὰς.. γίγνεσθαι Th.1.37
: abs. in imperat., πάρεχε make way, E. Tr. 308, Cyc. 203, Ar.V. 1326, Av. 1720 (all lyr.) ;πάρεχ' ἐκποδών Id.V. 949
.2 impers., παρέχει τινί c. inf., it is allowed, in one's power to do so and so,παρεῖχε ἄν σφι εὐδαιμονέειν Hdt.1.170
, cf. 3.73, al., Pi.I. 8(7).76 ;ὑμῖν οὐ παρασχήσει ἀμύνασθαι Th.6.86
;σωφρονεῖν παρεῖχέ σοι E.El. 1080
: neut. part. used abs., παρέχον it being in one's power, since one can, like ἐξόν, παρόν, παρέχον [ὑμῖν] ἄρχειν Hdt.5.49 ; also εὖ, καλῶς παρασχόν, Th.1.120, 5.14 ; κάλλιον π. ib.60.IV produce a person on demand,ἐς τὸ κοινόν X.HG7.4.38
; εἰς τὴν βουλήν, εἰς ἀγοράν (leg. αὔριον) , εἰς κρίσιν, Lys.13.23, 23.9, Aeschin.2.117, cf. PHib. 1.168 (iii B.C.), etc.V with a predic. added, make so and so, τὴν διέξοδόν οἱ ἀσφαλέα π. Hdt.3.4 ;π. τινὰς βελτίους And.1.136
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 274e, 277a : with part.,π. ξυμμάχους τὰς σπονδὰς δεχομένους Th.5.35
, cf. X.Oec. 21.4 ; κοινὴν τὴν πόλιν π. offer it as a common resort, Isoc.4.52 ; γῆν ἄσυλον καὶ δόμους ἐχεγγύους π. E.Med. 388, etc.B [voice] Med. παρέχομαι, [tense] fut. , Lys.23.8, etc.; alsoπαρασχήσομαι Antipho 5.24
, Lys.9.8 : [tense] aor. 2παρεσχόμην Is.3.18
, 19 : [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. (in med. sense)παρέσχημαι X.An.7.6.11
, D.27.49, 36.35 : freq. used much like [voice] Act., without any reflex. sense:1 supply of oneself or from one's own means,νέας Hdt.6.8
,15,al. ;δαπάνην οἰκηΐην Id.8.17
; π. ὅπλα furnish a suit of armour, IG12.22.11, Th. 8.97 ; οἱ τὰ τιμήματα παρεχόμενοι the tax- paying citizens, Arist.Ath. 39.6 ; μηδεμίαν δύναμιν π. εἰς τὴν στρατιάν supply no contingent of one's own to.., X.An.6.2.10 ; freq. withἑαυτόν, εὔνουν καὶ πρόθυμον ἑαυτὸν παρέχεται SIG333.11
(Samos, iv/iii B.C.), cf. 620.6 (Tenos, ii B.C.), etc.2 of natural objects, furnish, present, exhibit, [ ποταμὸς] κροκοδείλους π. Hdt.4.44 ; π. λίμνην ὁ Πόντος.. οὐ πολλῷ τεῳ ἐλάσσω ἑωυτοῦ ib.86, cf. 46, Pl.Phd. 81d.3 of works, ἓν ἔργον πολλὸν μέγιστον π. Hdt.1.93.4 of incorporeal things, display on one's own part,πᾶσαν προθυμίην Id.7.6
, cf. X.An.7.6.11 ;πᾶν τὸ πρόθυμον Th.4.85
, cf. 61 ;εὔνοιαν D.18.10
; χρείας Decr. ap. D.18.84.II in Law, παρέχεσθαί τινας μάρτυρας, π. τεκμήρια, bring forward witnesses or proofs, Pl.Ap. 19d, Prm. 128b, Antipho 1.11, cf. 5.20,22, Lys.23.8, etc. ; π. ἐκμαρτυρίαν, μαρτυρίαν, Is. ll.cc.III produce as one's own, ἄρχοντα παρέχεσθαί τινα acknowledge as one's general, Hdt.7.61, 62, 67 ; Ἀθηναῖοι ἀρχαιότατον ἔθνος παρεχόμενοι presenting themselves as.., ib. 161 ; π.πόλιν μεγίστην, of an ambassador, represent a city in one's own person, Th.4.64, cf. 85.IV offer, promise,ἀψευδέα μαντήϊα Hdt.2.174
; ἔστιν ἃ π. Th.3.36 ; put forward,τὸ εὐπρεπὲς τῆς δίκης Id.1.39
.V render so and so for or towards oneself,θεὸν παρασχέσθαι εὐμενῆ E.Andr.55
;δυσμενεστέρους π. τοὺς ἀνθρώπους Pl.Prt. 317b
, cf. R. 432a, Lg. 809d ; v. supr. A. V.VI Arith., make up, amount to, ἐνιαυτοὶ.. παρέχονται ἡμέρας .. Hdt.1.32, cf. X.Cyr. 6.1.28. -
25 τίθημι
Aτιθεῖς Pi.P.8.11
, S.Ph. 992 cod. B ( τιθείς LA rec.), E.Cyc. 545 codd. Lp (- θείς P, l), Alc. codd. pler., corrupted to Stob., Arr.Epict.3.22.76, Pl.Euthd. 301e ([etym.] ἐπι-), Lib. Or.46.28 ([etym.] προς-) ; ἐν-τιθεῖς (v.l. -εὶς) Ar.Eq. 717;περι-τιθεῖς BGU 1141.19
(i B.C.); but τίθης is found in Pl.R.l.c. codd. AD, Ar. l.c. cod. A, Lib.Or.27.11 ([etym.] προς-), etc., and is taught by Choerob. in Theod. 2.328 H.; [dialect] Ep.τίθησθα Od.9.404
, 24.476, and so in [dialect] Aeol., Alc.Supp.4.27 (τίθεισθα Hsch.
); [ per.] 3sg.τίθησι Il.4.83
, al., and [dialect] Att.; [dialect] Dor. (Megara, iv B.C.), Theoc.3.48; [ per.] 3pl.τιθέασι Th.5.96
, Alex.128; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion.τιθεῖσι Il.16.262
, Hes.Th. 597, Hdt.2.91 (also A.Ag. 466 (lyr.)); [dialect] Aeol. τίθεισι ([etym.] προ-) Schwyzer 631 A 2 (ii B.C.); [dialect] Dor.τίθεντι IG12(3).103.10
([place name] Nisvrus); [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg.τιθεῖ Il.13.732
, Mimn.1.6, Hdt. 1.113, also Arc., SIG559.16 (Megalop., iii B.C. ) (τιθῶ Luc.Ocyp.43
,81, διατιθῶ cited by A.D.Synt.290.6): [tense] impf. ; , Ar.Nu.59 ([etym.] ἐν-), etc.;ἐτίθει Il.18.541
, al., Ar.Ach. 532, Nu. 63 ([etym.] προς-), etc., [dialect] Ep.τίθει Il.1.441
, al.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.τίθεσαν Od.22.456
;τίθεν Pi.P.3.65
;πρό-τιθεν Od.1.112
(Aristarch.); lateἐτίθουν Act.Ap.4.35
; [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. τίθεσκον Hes Fr.112; ἐτίθεα ([etym.] ὑπερ-) Hdt.3.155: imper.τίθει Il.1.509
, etc.; inf. τιθέναι, not in Hom. or Hes.; [dialect] Ep.τιθήμεναι Il.23.83
; , Pi.P.1.40;τιθεῖν Thgn.286
, IG12(9).189.5 ([place name] Eretria); written (Phrygia, iv A.D.); part. τιθείς, but [dialect] Ion. pl. τιθεῦντες v.l. in Hdt.2.91: [tense] fut. θήσω, [dialect] Ep. inf.θησέμεναι Il.12.35
,θησέμεν Pi.P.10.58
: [tense] aor.1 ἔθηκα, only used in indic., and mostly in sg., for though [ per.] 3pl. is common, the 1 and [ per.] 2pl. are rare, X.Mem.4.2.15, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hyp.Eux.9; even ἔθηκαν is very rare in early Attic,ἀνέθηκαν IG2.1620d
, 22.2971 (both iv B.C.), but is found in Plb.8.4.4, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.θῆκαν Il.24.795
, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔθην, not used in indic. sg., whereas pl. is very common, ἔθεμεν, ἔθετε, ἔθεσαν, [dialect] Ep.θέσαν 12.29
, etc.; imper. , etc.; [dialect] Lacon. [ per.] 3sg. σέτω ib. 1081; subj. θῶ, [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Ion.θέω Sapph.12
, ([etym.] προς-) Hdt.1.108, [dialect] Ep.θείω Il.16.83
, al. (for Θή-ω); [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. θήῃς, θήῃ, 6.432, 16.96, Od.10.301, 341 (sts. with the opt. forms θείης, θείη as v.l.); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl. θέωμεν (disyll.) 24.485, θείομεν (for Θήο-μεν, short-vowel subjunctive) Il.23.244, Od.13.364; opt. θείην, [ per.] 1pl.θεῖμεν 12.347
, Pl.Prt. 343e ( θείημεν codd. BT),προς-θεῖμεν Id.R. 370d
, andκατα-θεῖτε D.14.27
; [ per.] 3pl. ; inf. θεῖναι, [dialect] Ep.θέμεναι Il.2.285
,θέμεν Od.21.3
, Hes.Op.61,67; [dialect] Dor.θέμειν IG 12(1).677.13
(Rhodes, iv B.C.); part.θείς Il.23.254
, etc.: [tense] pf. τέθηκα [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG22.2490.7 (iv B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) ib.839.38, 1299.44, 1534.76, also at Delos, ib.11(2).161 A6 (iii B.C.), etc., and in Papyri, POxy. 1087.42 (i B.C.); (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ὑπο-) PPetr.3p.53 (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ἐκ-) UPZ62.4 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) IG22.1011.71,80 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] προς-) Str.1.2.23; hence some editors restore τέθηκα for τέθεικα in Attic authors, as X.Mem.4.4.19, D.20.55, 22.16, 27.36, Alex.15.13; Phocian [ per.] 3pl.ἀνα-τεθέκαντι BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):—[voice] Med. τίθεμαι, [ per.] 2sg. ; τίθη or τίθῃ dub. in PTeb.768.9 (ii B.C.); as [voice] Pass., AP11.300 (Pall.); imper. , Pl. Sph. 237b, , [dialect] Dor. τίθευσο cj. in AP9.564 (Nic., τιθεύσω cod., τίθεσσο Plan., cf. ἀφίκευσο); [dialect] Ep. part.τιθήμενος Il.10.34
: [tense] fut.θήσομαι 24.402
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ἒθηκάμην, only in indic. and part., and never in [dialect] Att.; [ per.] 2sg.ἐθήκαο Theoc.29.18
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.θήκατο Il.10.31
, Hes.Sc. 128; part.θηκάμενος Thgn.1150
, Pi.P.4.29: [tense] aor. 2ἐθέμην Il.2.750
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. [ per.] 3sg.θέτο 10.149
, Pi.N.10.89; imper.θέο Od. 10.333
, ; subj. , etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg.θῆαι Od. 19.403
; opt. , etc.; [ per.] 3sg.θεῖτο Od.17.225
, A.Pr. 527 (lyr.), Pl.Tht. 195c, etc. (πρός-θοιτο, -θοισθε, ἔν-θοιτο are found in D. 11.6, 21.188, 34.17, butπρος-θεῖτο Id.6.12
codd.; ἐπιθοίμεθα, -θοιντο, Th.6.34,11; cf.τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
): [tense] pf. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass. (Milet., v B.C.), Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a: [tense] fut. , Pl.Lg. 730b, D.24.17: [tense] aor. , Lys.31.28, etc. (ἐθέθην IG14.862
(Cumae, vi B.C.)): [tense] pf. τέθειμαι, rare in early Gr., LXX 1 Ki.9.24, Ev.Marc.15.47, ([etym.] προς-) Arist.Mech. 853a35; inf. codd. (but f.l.); part.τεθειμένος Demad.12
, ([etym.] προ-) X.Hier.9.11, ([etym.] δια-) Men.591; also used in med. sense, D.21.49, SIG705.17 (Delph., ii B.C.), BGU1735.11 (i B.C.), Luc.Somn.9, ([etym.] ἐν-) D.34.16, ([etym.] προ-) Supp.Epigr.7.62.6 (Seleucia Pieria, ii B.C.), ([etym.] συν-) OGI229.62 (Smyrna, iii B.C.); ὑπεκ-τεθημένος (sic) BCH54.269 (Rhamnus, iii B.C.); ἀνα-τέθηται (pass. sense) Phld.Mus.p.81 K.; Phocian [tense] pf. part. (med. sense)ἀνα-τεθεμένος BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):— the [voice] Pass. never occurs in Hom., and is generally rare, κεῖμαι being used instead.A in local sense, set, put, place,λίθον Il.21.405
, cf. IG12.373.10, al.;θεμείλια Il.12.29
; τέρματα τ. Od.8.193; κλισίην, θρόνον τ. τινί, set a stool or chair for him, 4.123, 8.65 (so in [voice] Med., set for oneself,δίφρον 20.387
);ἐκελήσατο θέμεν τὰν κλίναν, ἐφ' ἇς τὰν Σωστράταν ἔφερον
lay down,IG
42(1).122.31 (Epid., iv B.C.); πόδα τ. plant the foot, i.e. walk, run, A.Eu. 294, E.IT32: so in [voice] Med., τετράποδος βάσιν θηρὸς τιθέμενος, i.e. going on all fours, Id.Hec. 1059 (lyr.): the mode is expressed by Advbs. or Preps.,a with Advbs., τ. τι πυρὸς ἐγγύς, ἀπάνευθε πυρός, Od.14.518, Il.18.412;προπάροιθε ποδῶν 20.324
;χαμαὶ τ. τὸν πόδα A.Ag. 906
; τὰ ἄνω κάτω and τὰ κάτω ἄνω τ. Hdt.3.3, cf. A.Eu. 651, etc.: with Advbs. implying motion,ἄλλοσε θῆκε Od.23.184
, 204;ἔχεις.. ὅποι θήσεις Pl.R. 479c
:—[voice] Med.,ὅποι.. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
.b with Preps. of local sense, ([voice] Med.,ἀμφ' ὤμοισι τιθήμενον ἔντεα Il.10.34
); ἀνά τινι or τι, asἂμ βωμοῖσι Il.8.441
;ἀνὰ μυρίκην 10.466
; ἐπί τινος, τινι, or τι, asεἵματα ἐπ' ἀπήνης Od.6.252
, cf. Il.16.223, etc.;ἐπὶ κρατὶ κυνέην 15.480
; (v. infr.111.2); ἐπὶ [θρόνον τὰ ἱμάτια] Hdt.1.9, cf. A.Supp. 483, etc.; τὴν ἀρχὴν (sc. τοῦ ἐπιδέσμου) κατὰ μεσοφρύου, ἐπὶ ἰνίον, etc., Sor.Fasc.1,2, al.; ὑπό τινι or τι, asδέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ Il.24.644
;ἀμβροσίην ὑπὸ ῥῖνά τινι Od.4.445
: most freq. with the Preps. ἐν or εἰς, put in or put into.., asθῆκεν ἐν ἀκμοθέτῳ ἄκμονα Il.18.476
;τόξα ἐν πυρί 5.215
;ἐν κίστῃ ἐδωδήν Od.6.76
; ἐν λεχέεσσι θ. [τινά] Il.18.352 (so in [voice] Med., ἐς δίφρον ἄρνας θέτο put into the car, 3.310;ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 Ep.Cor.12.18
); ἐς λάρνακα, ἐς κάπετον, Il.24.795, 797; ([voice] Med.,ἐν τάφοισι θέσθε Id.OC 1410
), cf. Ant. 504, Tr. 1254.c in Poets also with dat. only,χρήματα μυχῷ ἄντρου Od.13.364
(so in [voice] Med.,κολεῷ ἄορ θέο 10.333
), cf. S.Tr. 691, E.Hel. 1064.--The same constructions will be found under many of the following heads.II Special phrases:1 θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν χερσίν, ἐν χειρί, put it in his hands, Il.1.441, 585, etc.; ἐν χερσί orχείρεσσί τινος 6.482
, 23.597;οἶνον Ὀδυσσῆϊ ἐν χείρεσσι Od.14.448
; ἐς χεῖρά τινος into his hand, S.Aj. 751.2 of women, θέσθαι παῖδα, υἱὸν ὑπὸ ζώνῃ, to have a child put under her girdle, i.e. to conceive, h.Ven. 255, 282.3 ἐν ὄμμασι θέσθαι set before one's eyes, Pi.N.8.43.5 θέσθαι τὴν ψῆφον lay one's voting-pebble on the altar, put it into the urn, : hence simply, give one's vote, ἐπὶ φόνῳ for death, E.Or. 756 (troch.); ἑωυτῷ in one's own favour, Hdt.8.123;σὺν τῷ νόμῳ X.Cyr.1.3.17
; εὔφρονα, δικαίαν τὴν ψῆφον τ., A.Supp. 640 (lyr.), Lycurg.128, etc.; and in [voice] Pass., : also γνώμην θέσθαι, c. inf., give one's opinion, Hdt.7.82;περὶ ἡμῶν And.3.21
: τίθεσθαι abs., vote, codd. (anap., γνώμην Lambinus), Hld.2.29;μετά τινος A.Supp. 644
(lyr.);ἐναντία τινί Pl.Phlb. 58b
; τινι S.E.P.2.37 codd., Lib.Decl.1.65.6 in Hom., θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν στήθεσσι, ἐν φρεσί, etc., put or plant it in his heart,ἐν στήθεσσι τιθεῖ νόον Il.13.732
; βουλὴν ἐν στήθεσσι τ. 17.470;ἔπος ἐν φρεσί 19.121
, al.; alsoμένος δέ οἱ ἐν φρεσὶ θῆκε 21.145
:—[voice] Med., ἄγριον ἐν στήθεσσι θέτο θυμόν laid up wrath in his heart, treasured it there, 9.629; ; τοῖσιν κότον αἰνὸν ἔθεσθε harboured enmity against them, 8.449;καθαρὸν θέμενος νόον Thgn.89
;θέμενος ἄγναμπτον νόον A.Pr. 164
(lyr.); ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θέσθαι, c. inf., bear in mind, think of doing a thing, Od.4.729;θ. [τι] ἐν καρδίᾳ Ev.Luc. 1.66
.7 deposit, as in a bank,τὰ πρυτανεῖα πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας IG12.22.33
; ;ἐνέχυρον τιθέναι τι Ar.Pl. 451
, cf. Ec. 755, D.41.11, PEnteux.32.7 (iii B.C.), etc.:—[voice] Med., .ά, cf. Od.13.207;τὴν τιμὴν θήσονται ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν, ἕως.. PCair.Zen.723.11
(iii B.C.);ἐγγύην θέσθαι A.Eu. 898
;συνθήκας παρά τινι Lycurg.23
:—[voice] Pass.,τὰ ληφθέντα καὶ τὰ τεθεντα D.49.5
(but [voice] Act. and [voice] Med. are sts. distd., ὁ θείς the mortgagor, ὁ θέμενος the mortgagee, , cf. Hyp.Fr. 169, D.53.10; τίθεσθαι seems to have the same meaning as ὑποτίθεσθαι in IG22.43.41, 2758.4, 12(7).55.12 (Arcesine, iv/iii B.C.), but the two are distd. in Supp.Epigr.3.760 (Euboea, iv B.C.)): metaph., χάριν or χάριτα θέσθαι τινί deposit a claim for favour with one, lay an obligation on one, Hdt.9.60, 107, cf. A.Pr. 783, etc.8 pay down, pay, τόκον, εἰσφοράν, μετοίκιον, D.41.9, 22.43, 29.3;τὸ γιγνόμενον Id.18.104
;τὸν πριάμενον ἑκατοστὴν τιθέναι τῆς τιμῆς Thphr.Fr.97.1
;τὴν τιμήν PRev.Laws 18.13
(iii B.C.);τὰ μέρη PCair.Zen.218.33
(iii B.C.); [τὰς δραχμὰς] εἰς ἀνήλωμα τοῦ πλοίου ib.753.64 (iii B.C.):—[voice] Med.,θέμενος ἀρραβῶνα PFlor.303.3
(vi A.D.).b place to account, reckon, D.27.34,36, 28.13;θήσω εἰς δύο παῖδας χιλίας δραχμὰς ἑκάστου ἐνιαυτοῦ Lys.32.28
, cf. ib.21:—metaph. in [voice] Med., ; τἀγαθὰ ἐς ἀμφίβολον ἀσφαλῶς ἔθεντο reckoned as doubtful, Th.4.18.10 in military language, τίθεσθαι or θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα has four senses,a rest arms, i.e. halt, with arms in an easy position but ready for action, Th.4.44,93, 7.3; θέμενοι ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν τὰ ὅπλα advancing to the market-place and resting arms there, Id.2.2, cf. Hdt.9.52, X.An.1.5.14, 17, 1.6.4, etc.; εἰς τάξιν τὰ ὅπλα τ. ib.2.2.21, 5.4.11; so ἐν τάξει ib.2.2.8; ἀντία τισί over against them, Hdt.5.74 (in 1.62 ἀντία ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα over against it (the temple)); poet., πάτρας ἕνεκα εἰς δῆριν ἔθεντο ὅπλα Inscr. ap. D.18.289.b bear arms, fight,τὸ θυμοειδὲς.. ἐν τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς στάσει τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα πρὸς τὸ λογιστικόν Pl.R. 440e
;τοῦ δήμου.. παρακαλοῦντος τοὺς στρατιώτας τίθεσθαι πρὸς τὴν πόλιν IG22.666.10
;ὃς ἂν μὴ θῆται τὰ ὅπλα μηδὲ μεθ' ἑτέρων Arist.Ath.8.5
, cf. Lys.31.14, D.21.145; so ὁπόσοιπερ ἂν ὅπλα ἱππικὰ ἢ πεζικὰ τιθῶνται who serve on horseback or on foot, Pl.Lg. 753b, cf. 756a;ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ τὰ ὅπλα θέσθαι Plu.Cim.5
.c lay down one's arms, surrender, D.S.20.31,45; so, without the idea of surrender, θέσθαι τὰς ἀσπίδας X.HG2.4.12 (but [voice] Act.,τὰ ὅπλα θείς Plu.2.759a
).d τὰ ὅπλα εὖ τίθεσθε keep your arms in good order, X.Cyr.4.5.3;εὖ ἀσπίδα θέσθω Il.2.382
.II lay in the grave, bury, (freq. with words added, ἐν τάφοισι, ἐς ταφάς, etc., v. supr. 1 b); ποῦ σφε θήσομεν χθονός; A.Th. 1006 (lyr.):— [voice] Pass.,τὰ δὲ ὀστᾶ φασι.. τεθῆναι.. ἐν τῇ Ἀττικῇ Th.1.138
, cf. Pl.Mx. 242c, Lg. 947e;ἄλλῳ δὲ μηδενὶ ἐξεῖναι ἐν τῷ πυργίσκῳ τεθῆναι μετὰ τὸ ἐνταφῆναι αὐτήν· ἐπεὶ ὁ θείς τινα ἀσεβὴς ἔστω θεοῖς καταχθονίοις TAM 2(1).51
([place name] Telmessus), cf. 55, al., AJP48.30 ([place name] Apamea), Supp.Epigr. 6.221 ([place name] Phrygia), etc.III set up, of the prizes in games,ἄεθλα Il.23.263
, etc.; ἀέθλιον ib. 748; (so in [voice] Pass., τὰ τιθέμενα the prizes, D.61.25); also with the object offered as the prize, τ. δέπας, βοῦν, σόλον, etc., Il.23.656, 750, 826, al., cf. Hdt. 1.144, S.Aj. 573:—this is more fully expressed by ἐς μέσσον τ., Il.23.704: after Hom. more generally, lay before people as common property, ; ; so alsoτ. τι εἰς τὸ κοινὸν X.Mem.3.14.1
; reading and sense are doubtful in A.Ch. 145.2 set up in a temple, dedicate,ἀγάλματα Od.12.347
;τάσδε.. θεοῖς ἀσπίδας ἔθηκε E.Ph. 576
; so perh. Il.6.92 (v. supr. 1b).IV assign, award,τιμήν τινι Il.24.57
;ὄνομά τινι Pl.Sph. 244d
: esp. in [voice] Med., ὄνομα (or οὔνομα) θέσθαι τινί give a child a name at one's own discretion, Od.18.5, 19.406 (in 19.403 with v.l. θείης), Hdt.1.107, 113, cf. E.Ph.13: ellipt., withoutὄνομα, ᾧ δὴ ἀθροίς ματι ἄνθρωπόν τε τίθενται καὶ λίθον Pl.Tht. 157b
, cf. Cra. 402b: pleonast., .V τιθέναι νόμον down or give a law, of a legislator, S.El. 580, E.Alc.57, Ar.Ach. 532, Pl.R. 339c, D.24.99, etc.:—so in [voice] Med., of Solon, Hdt.1.29; of a people, state, or legislature, give oneself a law, make a law, Pl.R. 338e, Isoc.3.6, Arist. Pol. 1289a14 ([voice] Pass.,τίθεται νόμος Ar.Nu. 1425
, Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a; τιμωρίαι.. ἐτέθησαν ib. 943d); alsoθήσω θεσμόν A.Eu. 484
;κήρυγμα θεῖναι S.Ant.8
; σκῆψιν τιθέναι allege an excuse, Id.El. 584: c. acc. et inf., order matters so that.., [ὁ Λυκοῦργος] ἔθηκε θύειν βασιλέα πρὸ τῆς πόλεως τὰ δημόσια ἅπαντα X.Lac.15.2
, cf. 1.5, 2.11; without inf., : c. dat. et inf.,γυναιξὶ σωφρονεῖν.. θήσει Id.Tr. 1057
.2 [voice] Med., agree upon,ἡμέραν θέσθαι D.42.1
,13; so θ. συγγραφήν, ὁμολογίαν, σύμβολόν τινι, etc., PEleph. 2.16 (iii B.C.), PGoodsp.Cair. 6ii 2 (ii B.C.), PRein.11.9 (ii B.C.), etc.3 execute a document. τ. διαθήκην make a will, Stud.Pal.1.6.3 (v A.D.): so in [voice] Med., PSI10.1119.16 (ii A.D.); θέσθαι τινὸς ἀπαρχήν make out a person's birth-certificate, ib.9.1067.15 (iii B.C.), etc.VI establish, institute, , cf. X.An.1.2.10; ἐν τοῖς ἀγώνοις οἷς ἁ πόλις τίφητι (sic) Delph.3(3).120.17 (ii B.C.);πενταετηρίδα Pi.O.3.21
.VII dispose, order, ordain, bring to pass, of gods,οὕτω νῦν Ζεὺς θείη Od.8.465
, 15.180;ὣς ἄο' ἔμελλον θησέμεναι Il.12.35
; [Ζεὺς] τίθησ' ὅπῃ θέλει Semon.1.2
; τὰ δ' ἄλλα πάντ' ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω στρέφων τίθησιν (sc. Ζεύς) A.Eu. 651; πάντα παγκάκως θεοὶ θέσαν cj. in Id.Pers. 283 (lyr.);τέλος δ' ἔθηκε Ζεὺς.. καλῶς S.Tr. 26
; κόσμῳ θέντες, as etym. of θεοί, Hdt.2.52; of human beings, administer, manage, [τι] κακῶς θέμεν, εὖ θέμεν, Thgn.845, 846;τὰ δ' ἄλλα φροντὶς.. θήσει δικαίως A.Ag. 913
; ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ θήσομεν κρατοῦντε τῶνδε δωμάτων καλῶς ib. 1673 (troch.);ταῦτ' ἐγὼ θήσω καλῶς E.Hipp. 521
, cf. Andr. 737;τὰ παρ' ὑμῶν εὖ τίθει Ar.Lys. 243
;τ. τὰ τῶν φίλων ἀσφαλῶς X.Ages.11.12
; :—[voice] Med., administer for oneself,οἶκον εὖ θέσθαι Hes.Op.23
;ἄνδρας σοφοὺς χρὴ τὸ παρὸν πρᾶγμα καλῶς εἰς δύναμιν τίθεσθαι Cratin. 172
(lyr.), cf. D.23.134, Anon.ap Suid.s.v. τίθεσθαι, Hsch.s.v.τὸ παρὸν εὖ τίθεσο; ἐν ἀπόρῳ εἴχοντο θέσθαι τὸ παρόν Th.1.25
; τὸ παρὸν εὖ θέσθαι make the best of one's resources or situation, Luc.Nec.21, M. Ant.6.2, cf. Aristid.2.35 J.; ;τὰ παρόντα θέσθαι καλῶς Ach.Tat.5.11
;τὰ σεωυτοῦ τιθέμενος εὖ Hdt.7.236
;τὰ οἰκεῖα εὖ θέμενον Pl.R. 443d
; ;τὰ πάντα ὅπως ἂν αὐτῇ ἡδὺ ᾖ οὕτως τίθεσθαι X.Mem.1.4.17
;εἰ μὴ θήσομαι τἄμ' ὡς ἄριστα E.Andr. 378
;τὸ σαυτοῦ θέμενος εὖ Id.IT 1003
, cf. Ba.49, HF 605, 938, Hipp. 709, Dionys.Eleg.1.5;τὰ πρὶν εὖ θέμενος S.El. 1434
; συνετῶν ἀνδρῶν (sc. εἶναι), πρὶν γενέσθαι τὰ δυσχερῆ, προνοῆσαι ὅπως μὴ γένηται· ἀνδρείων δέ, γενόμενα εὖ θέσθαι Pittac.
ap. D.L.1.78; τὸ κοινῶς φοβερὸν ἅπαντας εὖ θέσθαι that all should face the common danger, Th.4.61; of wars, quarrels, etc., bring them to a successful issue, but sts. put a good face on them, patch them up,ἕως ἂν τὸν πόλεμον εὖ θῶνται Id.8.84
;θήσονται τὸν πόλεμον ᾗ βούλονται Id.1.31
; πόλεμον ἀραμένους οὐ ῥᾴδιον εὐπρεπῶς θέσθαι ib.82;ὅτῳ τρόπῳ.. τὸ σφέτερον ἀπρεπὲς εὖ θήσονται Id.6.11
; ;τὸν τρὸς τοὺς Ἐλευσῖνι πόλεμον ὡς μετρίως ἔθεντο Pl.Mx. 243e
; ἄμεινον ἢ τότε ἐθέμεθα τὸν πόλεμον ib. 245e; : abs.,θέσθαι καλῶς S.Fr. 350
:—pass.,εἰ τεθήσεται κατὰ νοῦν τὰ πράγματα Th.4.120
.2 in the game of πεττεία, κυβεία, Lat. tesserae (cf. Ter.Adelph.739), to place as skilfully as possible the pieces which have been assigned to one by the luck of the dice,πεττείᾳ τινὶ ἔοικεν ὁ βίος, καὶ δεῖ ὥσπερ ψῆφόν τινα τίθεσθαι τὸ συμβαῖνον Socr.
ap. Stob.4.56.39;ὥσπερ ἐν πτώσει κύβων πρὸς τὰ πεπτωκότα τίθεσθαι τὰ αὑτοῦ πράγματα ὅπῃ ὁ λόγος αἱρεῖ βέλτιστ' ἂν ἔχειν Pl.R. 604c
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh.26;στέργειν δὲ τἀκπεσόντα καὶ θέσθαι πρέπει σοφὸν κυβευτήν S.Fr. 947
; τὰ δεσποτῶν γὰρ εὖ πεσόντα θήσομαι I will take advantage of my master's good luck, A.Ag.32: many of the passages cited in A. v11. I may be metaph. applications of this sense.B put in a certain state or condition, much the same as ποιεῖν, ποιεῖσθαι, and so often to be rendered by our make:I folld. by an attributive Subst., make one something, with the predicate in apposition, θεῖναί τινα αἰχμητήν, ἱέρειαν, μάντιν, etc., Il.1.290, 6.300, Od.15.253, etc.;θ. τινὰ ἀρχέπολιν Pi.P.9.54
; θεῖναί τινα ἄλοχόν τινος make her another's wife, of a third person who negotiates a marriage, Il.19.298 (for [voice] Med., v. infr. 3); ἥτε με τοῖον ἔθηκεν ὅπως ἐθέλει who has made me such as she will, Od.16.208; σῦς ἔθηκας ἑταίρους thou hast made my comrades swine, 10.338; so [νῆα] λᾶαν ἔθηκε 13.163
, cf. Il.2.319, etc.;ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον LXX Ps.109(110).1
; but γέλων ἔθηκε συνδείπνοις caused them laughter, E. Ion 1172; λόγους εἰς μέτρα τ. put them into verse, Pl. Lg. 669d.2 with an Adj. for the attributive, θεῖναί τινα ἀθάνατον καὶ ἀγήρων make him undying and undecaying, Od.5.136; πηρόν, τυφλόν, ἀφνειὸν τ. τινά, Il.2.599, 6.139, 9.483;τὸν μὲν.. θῆκε μείζονά τ' εἰσιδέειν καὶ πάσσονα Od.6.229
, cf. 18.195, Pl.Prt. 344d.b of things, ἅλιον πόνον, πόνον οὐκ ἀτέλεστον, πάντα μεταμώνια, Il.4.26,57, 363;ὄλεθρον ἀπευθέα θῆκε Κρονίων Od.3.88
, cf. 11.274;ἀποίητον θέμεν ἔργων τέλος Pi.O.2.17
;ἀρὰν τ. ἀλαθῆ A.Th. 944
(lyr.); ἀναστάτους οἴκους τ. S.Ant. 674; ; τὸ πραχθὲν ἀγένητον τ. Pl.Prt. 324b.3 freq. in [voice] Med., γυναῖκα or ἄκοιτιν θέσθαι τινά make her one's wife, Od.21.72, 316, B.5.169; παῖδα τὸν αὑτᾶς πόσιν θ. take her own son as husband, A.Th. 929 (lyr.).b υἱὸν θέσθαι τινά, like ποιεῖσθαι, make one's son, adopt, Pl.Lg. 929c, etc.: abs., θέσθαι τινά adopt, Plu.Aem.5.c generally,προσφιλῆ θέσθαι τινά S.Ph. 532
; but φίλον ἐμαυτῷ θ. deem my friend, Id.Ant. 188; γέλωτα θέσθαι τινά make him one's butt, Hdt.3.29, 7.209.4 c. inf., make one do so and so, τιθέναι τινὰ νικᾶσαι make him conquer, Pi.N.10.48 (dub.);μετατραπεῖν Id.Fr. 177
; (lyr.), cf. 1036, 1174 (lyr.), E.Med. 718, Heracl. 990, etc.II in reference to mental action, when [voice] Med. is more freq. than [voice] Act., lay down. assume, hold, reckon or regard as.., τί δ' ἐλέγχεα ταῦτα τίθεσθε; Od.21.333; (lyr.); , cf. 430b ([voice] Med.); θὲς δή μοι.. now suppose so and so, Id.Tht. 191c;εὐεργέτημά τι θεῖναι D.1.10
; withὡς, θέντες ὡς ὑπάρχον εἶναι ὃ βούλονται Pl.R. 458a
, cf. Phd. 100a;μὴ τοῦτο ὡς ἀδίκημα θῇς D.18.193
.2 folld. by Advbs., ποῦ χρὴ τίθεσθαι ταῦτα; in what light must we regard these things? S.Ph. 451; οὐδαμοῦ τιθέναι τι hold of no account, E.Andr. 210; πρόσθεν or ἐπίπροσθέν τινος τιθέναι τι, Id.Hec. 129 (anap.), Supp. 515; πόρρω τίθεσθαί τί τινων set far below.., D.18.299.3 folld. by Preps.,τ. τινὰ ἐν φιλοσόφοις Pl.R. 475d
;ἐν τοῖς φίλοις X.Mem.2.4.4
; also εἰς ὁποτέραν (of two classes) Pl.Sph. 264c; εἰς τὸν δῆμον, εἰς τοὺς πλουσίους, X.Mem.4.2.39; alsoοὐκ ἐν λόγῳ τίθεσθαί τινα Tyrt.12.1
;ἐν τιμῇ τίθεσθαί τινα Hdt.3.3
;ἐν αἰτίῃ τιθέναι τινά Id.8.99
; ἐν οἰωνῷ τινι τοῦ μέλλοντος, ἐν ἐπαίνῳ, ἐν γέλωτι τίθεσθαι, Plu.Alex.31, Cat.Ma.20, TG17; θέσθαι παρ' οὐδέν set at naught, A.Ag. 230 (lyr.), E.IT 732, cf. Pl.Phdr. 252a (but (i B.C.), Supp.Epigr.7.1.6 (Susa, i A.D., Epist.Artabani));ἐν παρέργῳ θοῦ με S.Ph. 473
; πάντα ταῦτ' ἐν εὐχερεῖ ἔθου ib. 876;ταῦτ' ἐν αἰσχρῷ θέμενος E. Hec. 806
;ἐν ἀδικήματι θέσθαι τι Th.1.35
;ἐν ἀδικήματος μέρει τιθέναι τι D.23.148
; θέσθαι τὰ δίκαια ἔκ τινος estimate them by.., Id.8.8.4 c. partit. gen., ἐμὲ θὲς τῶν πεπεις μένων put me down as one of the convinced, Pl.R. 424c, cf. 376e, 437b; τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀμελείας ἄν τις θείη might reckon it as due to our carelessness, D.1.10.5 c. inf., οὐ τίθημ' ἐγὼ ζῆν τοῦτον I hold not that he lives, count him not as living, S.Ant. 1166: so in [voice] Med., Pl.Phd. 93c, D. 25.43,44: rarely c. part., θήσω ἀδικοῦντα [αὐτόν] Id.23.76, cf. Pl. Prt. 343e, Ap. 27c.6 elliptically, lay down, assume, θῶμεν δύο εἴδη (sc. εἶναι) Id.Phd. 79a, etc.; θήσω οὕτω (sc. εἶναί τι) D.23.85, cf. Arist.Pol. 1290a30.7 affirm, opp. αἴρω (deny), τὸ ἐπέκεινα ὄντος οὐ τόδε λέγει- οὐ γὰρ τίθησιν-- the phrase 'beyond being' does not denote a 'this' (for it is not an affirmation), Plot.5.5.6.C without any attributive word following, make, work, execute, of an artist,ἐν δ' ἐτίθει νειόν Il.18.541
, cf. 550, 561, 607; [δόρπον] θησέμεναι Od.20.394
.2 make, cause, bring to pass,ἔργα Il.3.321
;τ. κέλαδον καὶ ἀϋτήν 9.547
;ὀρυμαγδόν Od.9.235
;ἔριν μετ' ἀμφοτέροισιν 3.136
; φιλότητα, ὅρκια μετ' ἀμφ., Il.4.83, Od.24.546: c. dat. pers.,σῆμα τιθεὶς Τρώεσσι Il.8.171
; , etc.;πᾶσι δ' ἔθηκε πόνον 21.524
, cf. 15.721, 16.262; 6, etc.;χάρματ' ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν Pi.O.2.99
;πόλει κατασκαφὰς θέντες A. Th.47
;εἰρήνην φίλοις Id.Pers. 769
;αἷμα θήσεις E.Ba. 837
(s. v.l.).3 freq. in [voice] Med., make or prepare for oneself, θέσθαι κέλευθον make oneself a road, open a way, Il.12.418;θέτο δῶμα Od.15.241
; τίθεντο δὲ δαῖτα, δόρπα, Il.7.475, 9.88 (but δαῖτα τίθενται are holding a feast, Od.17.269); μεγάλην ἐπιγουνίδα θέσθαι to make oneself, get a large thigh, Od.17.225; θέσθαι μάχην engage in.., Il.24.402; ; ἱδρῶτα τίθεσθαι have an access of perspiration, Hp.Decent.2; μαρτύρια θέσθαι produce as testimony, Hdt.8.55; ἀνδρὸς αἰδοίου πρόσοψιν θηκάμενος putting on the aspect of a reverend man, Pi.P.4.29, cf. Hsch. s.v. θήκατο; πόνον πλέω τίθου work thyself the more annoy, A.Eu. 226;εὐκλεᾶ θέσθαι βίον S.Ph. 1422
, etc.4 periphr. for a single Verb. μνηστήρων σκέδασιν θεῖναι make a scattering, Od.1.116; θέμεν κρυφόν, νέμεσιν, αἶνον, for κρύπτειν, νεμεσῦν, αἰνεῖν, Pi.O.2.97, 8.86, N.1.5;μὴ σχολὴν τίθει A. Ag. 1059
; ὑμῖν ἔθηκε σὺν θεοῖς σωτηρίαν (v.l. προμηθίαν) E.Med. 915:— also in [voice] Med., θέσθαι μάχην, for μάχεσθαι, Il.24.402; θέσθαι θυσίαν, γάμον, for θύειν, γαμεῖσθαι, Pi.O.7.42, 13.53; σπουδήν, πρόνοιαν θέσθαι, S.Aj.13, 536, cf. Pi.P.4.276;θ. ἐπιστροφὴν πρό τινος S.OT 134
;περὶ τούτων οἰκονομίας PEnteux.22.6
(iii B.C.); and c. gen., θ. λησμοσύναν, συγγνωμοσύνην τινῶν, S.Ant. 151 (lyr.), Tr. 1265 (anap.). (Cf. Lith. dēti 'lay (eggs, etc.)', Skt. dáti 'lay down, place', Lat. -do in con-do, etc., Engl. do, doom.) -
26 φαίνω
φαίνω, Od.7.102, etc., [dialect] Ep. also [full] φαείνω (q. v.):—[tense] fut. φᾰνῶ, A.Fr. 304.5, Ar.Ach. 827, etc. ( φᾱνῶ acc. to A.D.Adv.187.26, but φᾱνῶ, Ar. Eq. 300, and ἀναφᾱνῶ, E.Ba. 528, are dub.); [dialect] Ion. φᾰνέω ([etym.] ἀπο-) Hp.Steril. 213, opt.A (cod. rec., rightly): [tense] aor. 1ἔφηνα Il.2.318
, Hdt.1.95, etc.; [dialect] Dor.ἔφᾱνα Pi.I.4(3).2
, IG42(1).123.28 (Epid., iv B.C.), also later [dialect] Att., subj., ἀπο-φάνῃ dub. l. in IG22.1631.379 ( = 2.811c133);φάνῃς Philem.233
( = Chares Iamb.4b20); so in late Prose, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Ael.VH12.33, ([etym.] ἐπι-) Ev.Luc.1.79, ([etym.] ἀνα-) Act.Ap. 21.3; [dialect] Ep. iter. φάνεσκε (intr.) Il.11.64, al., Hes.Fr.14.3: [tense] pf.πέφαγκα Ps.-Callisth.2.10
, ([etym.] ἀπο-) Din.1.15, al.: intr. [tense] pf. πέφηνα (v. infr.A 111.2), [dialect] Dor.[ per.] 3pl.ἐκ-πεφάναντι Sophr.83
; [tense] plpf.ἐπεφήνειν D.C.46.10
:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. inf.φᾰνεῖσθαι Od.12.230
, [dialect] Ion.φᾰνέομαι Hdt.3.35
; opt.φανοῖσθε Lys.26.10
(nisi leg. φανεῖσθε); the forms φανῆσθον and [dialect] Dor. imper. φάνευ are corrupt in Pl.Erx. 399e, Teles p.58 H. (leg. φαίνευ): [tense] aor. 1 ἐφηνάμην (trans.) S.Ph. 944, ([etym.] ἀπ-) Hdt.7.52, etc.:—[voice] Pass., [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf.φαινέσκετο Od.13.194
: [tense] fut.φᾰνήσομαι Hdt.8.108
, Sicilian [dialect] Dor. (inf.) φᾰνήσειν (fort. - ησεῖν) Archim.A ren.4.20; [dialect] Ep. [tense] fut.πεφήσεται Il.17.155
: [tense] aor. 1 (lyr.), S.OT 525, etc.:rare in Prose, X.HG6.4.11, D.58.13, ([etym.] ἀπο-) IG12.10.35, D.19.44; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.φαάνθη Il.17.650
, [ per.] 3pl.φάανθεν 1.200
: [tense] aor. 2 ἐφάνην [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep.φάνην Il.1.477
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.φάνεν Od.18.68
; [dialect] Ep. subj.φανήῃ Il.19.375
; [dialect] Ep. inf.φανήμεναι 9.240
: [tense] pf. , [ per.] 3sg.πέφανται Il.2.122
, 16.207, Pi.P.5.115, A.Ag. 374(lyr.); πέφᾰται in B.9.52, Perict. ap. Stob. 4.28.19 belongs either to φαίνω in sense A. 1.5, or to φημί; inf. , etc.; part.πεφασμένος Il.14.127
, Thgn.227, A.Pr. 843, S.OC 1122, Pl.Phdr. 245e, etc.; [ per.] 3pl. [tense] plpf. .A [voice] Act., bring to light, cause to appear, in physical sense, τέρας τινὶ φ. make a sign appear to one, Il.2.324, cf. Od.3.173, etc.;σήματα φαίνων Il.2.353
;γένυσι φ. ὀπώραν Pi.N.5.6
;δύο μορφὰς φ. A.Fr.304.5
;τὸν αὐχένα Hdt.2.132
; ἔφην' ἄφαντον φῶς, i.e. fire, S.Ph. 297; (anap.);φ. θησαυρόν E.El. 565
; φ. μηρούς, ἐπιγουνίδα, show by baring, i.e. uncover.., Od.18.67,74;φαίνοισα πρόσωπον ἀλάθεια Pi.N.5.17
; reflect an image in water,τὰ δέ νιν καλὰ κύματα φαίνει Theoc.6.11
:—[voice] Med., τὰ τόξα.. τοῖσιν Ἀργείοισι φήνασθαι θέλει exhibit them as his own, S.Ph. 944.b make known, reveal, disclose,ἐς τὸ φῶς φανεῖ κακά Id.OT 1229
;κακῶν ἔκλυσιν E.IT 898
(lyr., prob.); ;ὁδόν τινι Od.12.334
;τὰ ὀνείρατα καὶ τὸν πόρον X.An.4.3.13
, cf. Cyr.6.4.13, S.OT 725;τοῖς πολεμίοις σύνθημα Din.3.10
, etc.; φανεῖ.. κωκύματα wailings will show forth [the truth of what I say], S.Ant. 1078: with a predic. added, ἡμᾶς σὺ δειλοὺς φανεῖς wilt make us appear.., Id.Aj. 1362; .c γόνον Ἑλένῃ φ. show her a child, i. e. grant her to bear one, Od.4.12; φ. παράκοιτίν τινι show (i.e. give) one a wife, 15.26.2 of sound, make it clear to the ear, make it ring clear,ἀοιδὴν φαίνειν 8.499
;σάλπιγξ.. ὑπέρτονον γήρυμα φαινέτω στρατῷ A.Eu. 569
.3 show forth, display in action,ἀρετήν Od.8.237
;ἀεικείας 20.309
; ;εὐμαχανίαν Pi.I.4(3).2
;εὔνοιαν Hdt.3.36
; ὕβριν ib. 127; (lyr.).b set forth, expound,νοήματα Il.18.295
;λόγον Hdt.1.116
;τριφασίας λόγων ὁδούς Id.1.95
; but τὰ λαμπρὰ.. φ. ἔπη make them good, S.OC 721.4 inform against one, denounce, φανῶ σε ( σε φανῶ codd.)τοῖς πρυτάνεσι Ar.Eq. 300
(lyr.), cf. Ach. 824, S.Ant. 325: denounce a thing as contraband, Ar.Ach. 542, 819, al.;φαίνειν πλοῖον D.58.9
; τὰ φανθέντα articles denounced as contraband, ib. 13: abs., give information,ὁ φήνας ἢ ὁ γραψάμενος IG12.45.3
, cf. 4.24, Isoc.18.20, X.Cyr.1.2.14, Phld.Rh.2.207 S., etc.5 φαίνειν φρουράν, call up a levy, at Sparta, X.HG3.2.23, al.; also φ. θυσίαν proclaim, order a sacrifice, Philod.Scarph.112:—[voice] Pass., πέφαται θνατοῖσι νίκας ὕστερον εὐφροσύνα has been ordained, B.9.52.II abs., give light, shine,φαίνοντες νύκτας.. δαιτυμόνεσσι Od.7.102
, cf. 19.25; of the sun, moon, etc.,φ. τινί Ar.Nu. 586
(troch.);εἰς ἅπαντα φ. τὸν οὐρανόν Pl.Ti. 39b
;ἀλλά, σελάνα, φαῖνε καλόν Theoc.2.11
;οἱ λύχνοι φ. ἧττον Thphr.Ign.11
; cf. φάω: so ἦρι μὲν φαίνοντι in spring when it shines forth, A.Fr.304.4 codd. (leg. φανέντι); of the Dioscuri shining in mid-air, E.El. 1234 (anap.): metaph., ἀγανὴ φαίνουσ' ἐλπίς soft shining hope, A.Ag. 101 (anap., dub.).b Φαίνων, οντος, ὁ, the planet Saturn, Arist.Mu. 392a23, Cic.ND2.20.52, etc.;Φ. ὁ τοῦ Ἡλίου Eudox. Ars5.19
; acc.- ωνα Placit.2.15.4
.III [dialect] Ep. iter. φάνεσκε appeared,μετὰ πρώτοισι φάνεσκε Il.11.64
;ὑπένερθε δὲ γαῖα φάνεσκε Od. 12.242
, cf. 11.587, Hes.Fr.14.3.2 [tense] pf. 2 πέφηνα is also used intr., S.OC 328, etc.; less freq. in Prose, Hdt.9.120, D.3.22, Plb.9.13.8.B [voice] Pass., come to light, appear, φάνεν δέ οἱ εὐρέες ὦμοι, being stripped bare, Od.18.68, cf. Il.22.324, Od.19.39: freq. of fire, shine brightly,πυρὰ φαίνετο Ἰλιόθι πρό Il.8.561
; ; shone like fire,Il.
1.200: freq. of the rising of heavenly bodies, , cf. Hes.Op. 598; of the first gleam of daybreak, , Od.2.1, al.; ἅμ' ἠοῖ φαινομένηφι at break of day, Il.9.618, cf. Od.4.407, al.;ἀκτὶς ἀελίου, τὸκάλλιστον.. φανὲν.. τῶν προτέρων φάος, ἐφάνθης ποτ' S.Ant. 100
(lyr.): of a rising wind, ; of a vapour,ἐκ νεφέων ἐρεβεννὴ φ. ἀήρ Il.5.864
.2 of persons, οἴῳ φαινομένη appearing to him alone, Il.1.198, cf. Od.15.517, etc.;ἐφάνη λὶς εἰς ὁδόν Il.15.275
; οὗπερ κἀφάνης where thou didst first appear, S.OC77;χρόνιος φανείς Id.Ph. 1446
(anap.); ὁδόν φανῆναι a pregnant expression for ἐλθεῖν ὁδὸν ὥστε φανῆναι, Id.El. 1274 (lyr.);κέλευθον φανείς Aj. 878
(lyr.); πόθεν φαίνῃ; whence come you? Pl.Prt. 309a, X.Mem.2.8.1; οὐδαμοῦ φ. is nowhere to be seen, Id.An.1.10.16.b come into being, φανεὶς δύστηνος born to misery, S.OC 974, cf. 1225 (lyr.); become,ἐκ βασιλέως ἰδιώτην φανῆναι X.An.7.7.28
;δυοῖν ἐφάνη τριήραρχος D.18.104
; to be made out,δοῦλος λόγοισιν.. φανείς S.Aj. 1020
, cf. 1241.3 of events, come about,τέλος οὔ πώ τι πέφανται Il.2.122
;φάνη βιότοιο τελευτή 7.104
; ἔργον, ἄεθλον, etc., 16.207, Od.21.106, etc.; ; of sayings, to be set forth, λόγος ἀρχαῖος φανείς ib.1, cf. OT 474 (lyr.), 848.II appear to be so and so, c. inf., , cf. 11.336; ;τοῦτό μοι θειότατον φαίνεται γενέσθαι Hdt.7.137
;εὖ σὺ λέγειν φαίνει Ar.Nu. 403
(anap.), cf. A.Pr. 319, etc.: freq. with inf. omitted, , cf. 2.5;ὅς τις φαίνηται ἄριστος Od.14.106
;σμερδαλέος αὐτῇσι φάνη 6.137
;ἕρμαιον ἂν ἐφάνη Pl.R. 368d
, etc.: but in Hdt., etc., also c. part., to be manifest: thus, ἐμοὶ σὺ πλουτέειν μέγα φαίνεαι you appear to me to be very rich, Hdt.1.32; but εὔνοος ἐφαίνετο ἐών he was manifestly well-inclined, Id.7.173, cf. 175, Th.1.2; οὐκ ἄκαιρα φαίνεται λέγειν he appears to be speaking.., A.Pr. 1036; but φανέονται λέγοντες οὐδέν it will be manifest that they talk nonsense, Hdt.3.35;φαίνομαι δύο καθορᾶν εἴδη Pl.Sph. 235d
; butοὐκ ἂν φανεῖμεν πήματ' ἔρξαντες A.Pers. 786
;πλαγκτὸς οὖσ' ἐφαινόμην Id.Ag. 593
, cf. Hdt.9.89, E.Andr. 343;ἐφάνησαν πεπονθότες Pl.Ap. 22c
: with part. omitted, πέφανται ἁρματηλάτας σοφός (sc. ὤν) Pi.P.5.115, cf. N.6.14; ; Κᾶρες ἐφάνησαν (sc. ὄντες) they were seen to be Carians, Th.1.8; τί φαίνομαι (sc. ὤν) δῆτ'; what do I look like? E.Ba. 925;ὡς ἀγαθοὶ.. ἐφάνησαν Pl.R. 408a
: hence φαίνεσθαι, opp.εἶναι, εἶναι μὲν ὅσπερ εἰμί, φαίνεσθαι δὲ μή E.Fr. 698
(ap.Ar.Ach. 441);στρατηγὸς ἀγαθὸς μὴ ὢν φαίνεσθαι X.Mem.1.7.3
;ὀλίγοι καὶ ὄντες καὶ φαινόμενοι Id.HG6.5.28
.2 in Philosophy, φαίνομαι (abs.) is sts. used of what appears to the senses, is observed,Arist.
Ph. 204b35, cf. Cael. 312b30;φ. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν Id.GA 716a31
: sts. of what is mentally manifest, Id.EN 1175a29; to be evident, Id.APr. 24b24: esp. appear to the imagination (cf.φαντασία 2
), Pl.Sph. 264b;φ. καὶ μύουσιν ὁράματα Arist.de An. 428a16
; φ. δέ τι.. οἷον τὰ ἐν τοῖς ὕπνοις ib.a7: distd. from αἰσθάνεσθαι and δοξάζειν, ib.b1: esp. in part. φαινόμενος, η, ον:a appearing in sense experience,τὰ φ. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν Id.Cael. 303a22
, al.;εἴτε τὰ δοκοῦντα πάντα ἐστὶν ἀληθῆ καὶ τὰ φ. Id.Metaph. 1009a8
, cf. de An. 404a29 (sg.);τὰ φ.
sense-data,Id.
PA 639b8, Epicur.Ep.1pp.9,10 U., al.: Astron., τὰ φ. = celestial phenomena, title of a work by Eudoxus, versified by Aratus, Hipparch. 1.1.8, cf. Arist. Cael. 293b27; πρός τινας δόξας αὑτῶν τὰ φ. προσέλκοντες ib. 293a26: generally,τὸ μὴ ἐκ φαινομένων τὸ βλεπόμενον γεγονέναι Ep.Heb.11.3
.b mentally apparent, opp. ὄντα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, Pl.R. 596e, cf. Arist.Top. 100b24, EN 1113a24; ; [νοῦς] τῶν φ. θειότατον Arist. Metaph. 1074b16
; τὸ φ. εἰπεῖν to express one's opinion, Plu.2.158c: hence, specious, fallacious, φ. ἐνθυμήματα, opp. ὄντα, Arist.Rh. 1402a28.cτὰ φ.
what is to be seen, show,Lib.
Or.30.28.3 freq. in answers in Plato's dialogue, φαίνεται, yes, Prt. 332e, R.333c, al.;ὥς γέ μοι φ. Prt.324d
, cf. R.383a, al.: [τοῦτο] φῂς εἶναι; Answ. φαίνομαι (sc. λέγειν) X.Mem.4.2.20.b later impers. c. dat. pers. et inf., it seems good, ἐάν σοι φαίνηται Wilcken Chr.304.11 (iii B.C.), cf. PCair.Zen.44.7,16 (iii B.C.), etc.;ὁπότε αὐτῷ φανείη στρατιὰν ἐξάγειν D.H.2.14
, cf. 4.85.4 joined withδοκέω, εἰ δὴ κακός τε φ. δοκῶ τέ σοι E.Hipp. 1071
;δοκοῖμεν ἂν.. χείρους φαίνεσθαι Th.1.122
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 269d, Erx. 399c, X.Mem.2.1.22.5 οὐδαμοῦ φαίνεσθαι 'to be nowhere', metaph. from racing, Pl.Phd. 72c, cf. Grg. 456b, D.18.310.III τὰ φανθέντα, v. supr. A. 1.4. -
27 χρεών
χρεών, [dialect] Ion. [full] χρεόν (the form best attested in Parm.8.45 and Hdt.); also [full] χρειών, Democr.55, τό: gen.A , HF21, but little used save in nom. and acc.:—that which must be,κατὰ τὸ χ. Anaximand.1
(Diels Vorsokr.5);τὴν μοῖραν εἰς τὸ μὴ χ. παραστρέφων E.Fr.491.3
;χ. τοῦ χρησμοῦ Plu.Nic.14
.II necessity, fate,ἥ τε ἡλικία καὶ τὸ χ. Pl.Phdr. 255a
;μοίρας τοῦ χρεών τ' ἀπαλλαγή E.Hipp. 1256
;εἰς τὸ χ. ἰέναι Pl.Ax. 364c
; ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ χ., εἰς τὸ χ. ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι, Str.1.3.21, J.AJ7.15.1; οἱ τὴν εἰς τὸ χ. πορευόμενοι (cj. for ποιούμενοι), v. l. τῶν εἰς τὸ χ. ὁδευόντων, Plu.2.113c;τό τοι χρεὼν οὐκ ἔστι μὴ χρεὼν ποιεῖν Trag.Adesp.368
;ὅ τι γὰρ μὴ χ. οὔτοι χ. παθεῖν E. Ba. 515
; [Ἀλέξανδρον] τὸ χ. ἐν Βαβυλῶνι κατέλαβε Jul.Or.3.107c
.2 mostly in the phrase χρεών (sc. ἐστι), like χρή, it is necessary, c. inf., Thgn.564, A.Ag. 922, S.OT 633, Democr. l. c., etc.: c. acc. et inf., Pi.P.2.52, Hdt.1.41,57, 2.133, A.Pr. 772, 970, al., S.Ph. 1439, Ar. Eq. 138, Th.5.49;τὸ χ. γενέσθαι Hdt.7.17
.3 sts. as a neut. part. (like ἐξόν, etc.), it being necessary, since it was necessary, Id.5.50.III less freq., that which is expedient or right,ὅρκον δ' οὔτ' ἄδικον χ. ἔμμεναι οὔτε δίκαιον Choeril.7
; (lyr.);μητέρ' εἰ χ. ταύτην προσαυδᾶν Id.El. 273
, cf. 983, Ar.Nu. 1446(lyr.), etc.; with the Art.,ἔκανες ὃν οὐ χρῆν, καὶ τὸ μὴ χ. πάθε A.
Ch..930: abs. in part., ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χ. ἄρχοιτε ye would rule unrightfully, Th.3.40.—In Trag. χρεών ( = χρή ) appears without ἐστί or ἦν; in Ar. and Prose the verb is more commonly added, but not in Ar.Nu. l. c., Pl.Sph. 220d, Criti. 107b, al.IV as Adj.,τῷ χ. πόσει E.Fr. 501
. (Not in Hom. or Hes., Od.15.201 being f. l. for χρεώ.) [In Poets χρεών is sts. monosyll., as in Choeril. l. c., Parm.4.5, al.; outside of hexameters prob. always disyll., since χρή can be restored in E.IT 1486, Fr.733.3.] (From χρεώ, with addition of ν from the synonym δέον; when used as part. abs., as in Sol.Fr.34.6, Th.3.40, from χρεὼ ὄν.) -
28 ὡς
ὡς:—Summary:A as ADVERB of Manner.Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. Pron. ὅς, as.Acὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.Ad ὡς temporal, when.Ae ὡς Local, where,B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.C, D various usages.A ADVERB of Manner:Aa [full] ὥς, Demonstr., = οὕτως, so, thus, freq. in Hom., Il.1.33, al.;ὢς εἶπ' Sapph.Supp.20
a.11 (Epic style); in [dialect] Ion. Prose, Hdt.3.13, al.; rare in [dialect] Att., and almost confined to certain phrases, v. infr. 2, 3; ὥς simply = οὕτως, A.Ag. 930, Th.3.37, Pl.Prt. 338a;ἀλλ' ὣς γενέσθω E.Hec. 888
, al.2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, Il.1.116, al.; οὐδ' ὧς not even so, 7.263, Od.1.6, al., Hdt.6.76;οὐδέ κεν ὧς Il.9.386
: the phrases καὶ ὧς, οὐδ' ὧς, μηδ' ὧς, are used in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 1042, Th.1.74, 7.74; also later, PCair.Zen.19.10 (iii B. C., unaccented), UPZ146.40 (ii B. C.), GDI 1832.11 (Delph., ii B. C.), IG22.850.17 (iii B. C.);κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα POxy.120.11
(iv A. D.); (Delph., ii B. C.); Thess.καὶ οὗς IG9(2).234.1
(iii B. C.); for this phrase the accentuation ὧς is prescribed by Hdn.Gr.2.932, al., cf. A.D.Synt.307.16, and is found in good Mss. of Homer; for the remaining uses under this head (Aa. 1, 3, 4 ) the accentuation ὥς is prescribed by the same grammarians.3 in Comparisons, ὥς.., ὡς .., so.. as.., etc.; and reversely ὡς.., ὣς .., as.. so, Il.1.512, 14.265, etc.; in [dialect] Att., Pl.R. 530d; also ὥς τε.. ὣς .., as.. thus.., h.Cer. 174-6, E.Ba. 1066-8;οἷα.. ὥς Id.El. 151
-5; ὥσπερ.., ὣς δὲ .. (in apodosi) Pl.Prt. 326d.Ab [full] ὡς, Relat., as, Hom., etc.; prop. relat. to a demonstr. Adv., which is freq. omitted, κινήθη δ' ἀγορὴ ὡς κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης, i. e. οὕτως, ὡς .., Il.2.144 (φὴ Zenod.
): it is relat. not only to the regular demonstr. Advs. ὥς (ὧς), τώς, ὧδε, οὕτως, αὕτως, but also to ταύτῃ, Pl.R. 365d, etc. We find a collat. [dialect] Dor. form ὥ (q. v.); cf. ὥτε. Usage:I in similes, freq. in Hom., Il.5.161, al.; longer similes are commonly introduced byὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ' ὅτε, ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] 4.462
:ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπε 13.389
, cf. 2.394; so later, Emp.84.1, etc.;ὡς ὅτε θαητὸν μέγαρον, πάξομεν Pi.O.6.2
: ὡς ὅτε is rare in short similes, Od.11.368: ὡς is folld. by indic. [tense] pres., Il.9.4, 16.364: also by [tense] aor., 3.33 sq., 4.275, 16.823, al.; also by subj. [tense] pres. or [tense] aor., 5.161, 10.183, 485, 13.334 (sts. ὡς δ' ὅτ' ἄν, 11.269, 17.520); cf. ὥστε A:—the Verb is sts. omitted with ὡς, but may be supplied from the context, ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ', ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ (sc. πίπτει) Od.15.479, cf. 6.20;θεὸς δ' ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.5.78
;οἱ δὲ φέβοντο.., βόες ὣς ἀγελαῖαι Od.22.299
: where ὡς follows the noun to which it refers, it takes the accent; so in Com.,Ἀριστόδημος ὥς Cratin.151
, cf. Eub.75.6; v. infr. H.2 like as, just as,ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν' ἔφαγε.., ὣς ἡμεῖς κτλ. Il.2.326
, v. supr. Aa. 3.3 sts. in the sense as much as or according as, ἑλὼν κρέας ὥς (i. e. ὅσον)οἱ χεῖρες ἐχάνδανον Od.17.344
; ὦκα δὲ μητρὶ ἔννεπον ὡς (i. e. ὅσα)εἶδόν τε καὶ ἔκλυον h.Cer. 172
;τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός Od.4.105
;τόσον.. ὡς Il.4.130
; so in Trag., ; ; in Prose, ὡς δύναται as much as he can, Democr.278;τὸ ῥῆμα μέμνημαι ὡς εἶπε Aeschin.3.72
; ὡς μή = ὅσον μή, νέμεν ὅτι ἃν ( = ἂν)βόλητοι ὡς μὴ ἰν τοῖ περιχώροι IG5(2).3.9
(Tegea, iv B. C.); cf. Ab. 11.2 infr.4 sts. after [comp] Comp., compared with, hence than, μᾶλλον πρέπει οὕτως ὡς .. Pl.Ap. 36d;ἅ γε μείζω πόνον παρέχει.. οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως οὐδὲ πολλὰ ἂν εὕροις ὡς τοῦτο Id.R. 526c
; οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον φροντίζειν ὡς .. Plb.3.12.5, cf. 7.4.5, 11.2.9, Plu.Cor.36: μᾶσσον ὡς is dub. in A.Pr. 629, and <ἢ> shd. perh. be inserted in Lys.7.12,31; cf. ὥσπερ IV.II with Adverbial clauses:1 parenthetically, in qualifying clauses, ὡς ἔοικε, etc., Pl. Smp. 176c, etc.: in these cases γε or γοῦν is freq. added, ὡς γοῦν ὁ λόγος σημαίνει as at any rate the argument shows, Id.R. 334a; in some phrases c. inf., v. infr. B. 11.3. An anacoluthon sts. occurs by the Verb of the principal clause being made dependent on the parenthetic Verb, ὡς δὲ Σκύθαι λέγουσι, νεώτατον ἁπάντων ἐθνέων εἶναι (for ἦν)τὸ σφέτερον Hdt.4.5
, cf. 1.65;ὡς ἐγὼ ἤκουσα, εἶναι αὐτόν Id.4.76
; ὡς γὰρ.. ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτι .. X.An.6.4.18 codd.; ἁνὴρ ὅδ' ὡς ἔοικεν οὐ νεμεῖν (for οὐ νεμεῖ, ὡς ἔοικε), S.Tr. 1238.2 in elliptical phrases, so far as.. (cf. supr. Ab.1.3) (lyr.); soὥς γε ἐμοὶ κριτῇ Ael.VH2.41
andὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801
;ὡς ἐμῇ δόξῃ X.Vect.5.2
; ὡς ἀπ' ὀμμάτων (sc. εἰκάσαι) to judge by eyesight, S.OC15: esp. in such phrases asοὐκέτι πολλὸν χωρίον, ὡς εἶναι Αἰγύπτου Hdt.2.8
; οὐδὲ ἀδύνατος, ὡς Αακεδαιμόνιος for a Lacedaemonian, Th.4.84, cf. D.H.10.31; ; φρονεῖ.. ὡς γυνὴ μέγα for a woman, S.OT 1078; πιστός, ὡς νομεύς, ἀνήρ ib. 1118;μακρὰν ὡς γέροντι.. ὁδόν Id.OC20
, cf. 385, Ant.62, etc.;ὡπλισμένοι ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς X.An.4.3.31
; also withἄν, μεγάλα ἐκτήσατο χρήματα, ὡς ἂν εἶναι Ῥοδῶπιν Hdt.2.135
codd. (ἂν secl. Krüger, Ῥοδώπιος cj. Valck.):—for ὡς εἰπεῖν and the like , v. infr. B. 11.3.3 ὡς attached to the object of the Verb, as,ἑωυτὸν ὡς ἐχθρὸν λυπέει Democr.88
;ἔλαβεν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς φίλους ἤδη X.Cyr.3.2.25
;ἐν οἰκήματι ᾧ ὡς ταμιείῳ ἐχρῆτο Pl.Prt. 315d
.— For the similar usage of ὡς with Participles and Prepositions, v. infr. c.III with Adverbs:a with the Posit., truly,Pl.
Phdr. 234e (cf.ἀληθής 111.1b
: as if Adv. of τὸ ἀληθές) ; ὡς ἑτέρως in the other way, ib. 276c, D.18.212 (Adv. of ὁ ἕτερος; v. ἕτερος v. 2) (v. infr. D.1.1); ὡς ἠπίως, ὡς ἐτητύμως, S.El. 1438 (lyr.), 1452; (Istropolis, ii B. C.), LXX 4 Ma.5.21, 1 Enoch5.3, IG7.2725.16 (Acraeph., ii A. D.);ὡς ἐναλλάξ Vett.Val. 215.9
, 340.2;ὡς παντελῶς Id.184.26
;ὡς ἄλλως Is.7.27
, D.6.32;ὡς ἐνδεχομένως PPetr.2p.53
(iii B. C.); in ὣς αὔτως (v. ὡσαύτως ) we have the Adv. of ὁ αὐτός, but the ὥς retains its demonstr. force, as does ὁ in Homer; ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὡς ὁμοίως, and ὡς παντελῶς may be modelled on ὣς αὔτως, with which they are nearly synonymous; so also ὡς ἑτέρως and ὡς ἐναλλάξ, which are contrasted with it.b with Advbs. expressing anything extraordinary, θαυμαστῶς or θαυμασίως ὡς, ὑπερφυῶς ὡς, v. sub vocc.; ὡς is sts. separated by several words from its Adv., as ;ὑπερφυῶς δὴ τὸ χρῆμα ὡς δύσγνωστον φαίνεται Id.Alc.2.147c
, cf. Phd. 99d.c with the [comp] Sup., as much as can be,ὡς μάλιστα Th.1.141
, etc.: ὡς ῥᾷστα as easily as possible, A.Pr. 104;ὡς πλεῖστα Democr. 189
; ὠς τάχιστα as quickly as possible, Alc.Supp.4.15, etc.; more fully expressed,ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα Isoc.12.153
;ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀδηλότατα Th.7.50
;μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα X.An.3.2.6
;ὡς οἷόν τε βελτιστον Pl.R. 403d
; ὡς ἀνυστὸν κάλλιστα Diog.Apollon.3: ὡς and ὅτι are sts. found together, where one is superfluous,ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα Pl.Lg. 908a
;βοῦν ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστον IG22.1028.17
(ii/i B. C.); v. infr. G.e in the phrases ὡς τὸ πολύ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, Pl.R. 330c, 377b; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον for the more part, commonly,ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον Th.2.34
; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς πλήθει, Pl.R. 364a, 389d;ὡς τὸ ἐπίπαν Hdt.7.50
, etc.;ὡς τὰ πολλά Ael.NA12.17
.2 with Adjs.,a Posit.,ὑπερφυεῖ τινι.. ὡς μεγάλῃ βλάβῃ Pl.Grg. 477d
.b with [comp] Sup.,ὡς ἄριστοι τὰς φύσεις Id.Ti. 18d
;ὅπως ὡς βέλτισται ἔσονται Id.Grg. 503a
;ὡς ὅτι βέλτιστον Id.Smp. 218d
.c separated from the Adj. by a Prep.,ὡς ἐς ἐλάχιστον Th.1.63
, cf. D.18.246;ὡς ἐν βραχυτάτοις Antipho 1.18
;ὡς ἐν ἐχυρωτάτῳ ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr. 1.6.26
, etc.Ac Relat. and Interrog., how,μερμήριζε.. ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσειε Il. 2.3
, cf. Pl.R. 365a;ἐβουλεύοντο ὡς.. στήσονται Hdt.3.84
, etc.;οἷα δεῖ λέγειν καὶ ὥς Arist.EN 1128a1
; ὡς πέπραται how, i. e. at what price the goods have been sold, PCair.Zen. 149 (iii B. C.); so οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς .. (for the more usu. ὅπως ) nowise can it be that.., S.Ant. 750; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς οὐ .., Id.Ph. 196 (anap., Porson for οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ου) ; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; by a mixture of constructions for ὡς χρὴ ποιῆσαι or ὡς ποιήσεις, Id.OT 543, cf. Hermipp.43, Men.916; οἶσθ' ὡς μετεύξει is f.l. in E.Med. 600 ( μέτευξαι Elmsley); similarly,οἶσθα.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς S.OC75
.2 ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς however ( in whatever way) thou mayest act, Id.Aj. 1369, cf. Pl.Smp. 181a;αὐτῷ ὥς κεν ἅδῃ, τὼς ἔσσεται A.R.3.350
.Ad Temporal, when, with past tenses of the indic.,ἐνῶρτο γέλως.., ὡς ἴδον Il.1.600
: with opt., to express a repeated action, whenever,ὡς.. ἐς τὴν Μιλησίην ἀπίκοιτο Hdt.1.17
: rarely c. subj., to denote what happens under certain conditions,τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστός οἱ μειχθῇ, διδοῖ δῶρον Id.4.172
, cf. 1.132; later, ὡς ἄν c. subj., when, PCair.Zen.251 (iii B. C.), 1 Ep.Cor.11.34, etc.;ὥς κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.170
([place name] Cyrene); ὡς ἂν τάχιστα λάβῃς τὴν ἐπιστολήν as soon as.. PCair.Zen.241.1 (iii B. C.), cf. LXX 1 Ki.9.13, Jo.3.8: in orat. obliq. c. inf., Hdt.1.86, 96, al.: expressed more forcibly by ὡς.. τάχιστα, some word or words being interposed, ὡς γὰρ ἐπετρόπευσε τάχιστα as soon as ever.., Id.1.65;ὡς δὲ ἀφίκετο τάχιστα X.Cyr.1.3.2
: less freq. ὡς τάχιστα stand together, Aeschin.2.22: but this usage must be distd. from signf. Ab.111.1c: folld. by demonstr.,ὡς εἶδ', ὣς ἀνεπᾶλτο Il.20.424
;ὡς ἴδεν, ὥς μιν ἔρως πυκινὰς φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν 14.294
; alsoὡς.., ἔπειτα 3.396
;Κρονίδης ὥς μιν φράσαθ' ὣς ἐόλητο θυμὸν ἀνωΐστοισιν ὑποδμηθεὶς βελέεσσι Κύπριδος Mosch.2.74
; the second ὣς is repeated,ἁ δ' Ἀταλάντα ὡς ἴδεν, ὣς ἐμάνη, ὣς ἐς βαθὺν ἅλατ' ἔρωτα Theoc.3.41
(ὣς = εὐθέως, Sch.vet.), cf. 2.82; in Bion 1.40 the clauses with ὡς all belong to the protasis.2 ὡς appears to be f.l. for ἕως inὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος.. αἴρῃ S.Ph. 1330
,ὡς ἂν ᾖς οἷόσπερ εἶ Id.Aj. 1117
; cf.ὥσπερ 111.1
: but in later Gr. = ἕως, while,ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε Ev.Jo.12.35
, 36;ὡς καιρὸν ἔχομεν Ep.Gal.6.10
, cf. Epigr.Gr.646a5 (p.529); also until,τίθεται ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων ὡς ἀναξηρανθῇ PLeid.X.89
B.; ἔα ἀφρίζειν τὴν πίσσαν ὡς οὗ ἐκλείπῃ ib.37B.; cf. EM824.43 (conversely ἕως for ὡς final, v. ἕως (B) A. 1.4).Ae Local, where, in dialects, Theoc.1.13, 5.101, 103, IG9(2).205.4 (Melitea, iii B. C.), SIG685.63, al. (Cretan, ii B. C.), IG12(1).736.5 ([place name] Camirus), GDI5597.8 (Ephesus, iii B. C.).B [full] ὡς as CONJUNCTION:I with Substantive clauses, to express a fact, = ὅτι, that.II with Final clauses, to express an end or purpose, = ἵνα, ὅπως, so that, in order that.IV Causal, since, because.I with Substantive Clauses, with verbs of learning, saying, etc., that, expressing a fact,γνωτὸν.., ὡς ἤδη Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται Il.7.402
, cf. Od.3.194, etc.: in commands,προεῖπεν ὡς μηδεὶς κινήσοιτο X.HG2.1.22
: with Verbs of fear or anxiety, c. [tense] fut. indic.,μηκέτ' ἐκφοβοῦ, μητρῷον ὥς σε λῆμ' ἀτιμάσει ποτέ S.El. 1427
, cf. X.Cyr.6.2.30; μὴ φοβοῦ ὡς ἀπορήσεις ib.5.2.12, cf. D.10.36; a sentence beginning with ὡς is sts., when interrupted, resumed by ὅτι, and vice versa, X.Cyr.5.3.30, Pl.R. 470d, Hp.Ma. 281c; so ὡς with a finite Verb passes into the acc. and inf., Hdt.1.70, 8.118: both constructions mixed in the same clause, ἐλογίζετο ὡς.. ἧττον ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐθέλειν .. X.Cyr.8.1.25, cf. HG3.4.27: after primary tenses (incl. historic [tense] pres.) ὡς is folld. by indic., after historic tenses by opt. (sts. by indic., both constructions inὑπίσχοντο.. ἀμυνέειν, φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη.. ἀλλὰ τιμωρητέον εἴη Hdt.7.168
): sts. c. opt. after a primary tense,κατάπτονται.. λέγοντες ὡς Ἀρίστων.. οὐ φήσειε Id.6.69
, cf. 1.70, Th.1.38, Pl.Chrm. 156b.2 with Verbs of feeling,χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι Il.23.648
;ἄχος ἔλλαβ' Ἀχαιοὺς ὡς ἔπεσ' 16.600
.II with Final Clauses, that, in order that; in this sense ὡς and ὡς ἄν, [dialect] Ep. ὥς κεν, are used with the subj. after primary tenses of the indic., and with the opt. after the past tenses,βουλὴν ὑποθησόμεθ'.., ὡς μὴ πάντες ὄλωνται Il.8.37
;τύμβον χεύαμεν.., ὥς κεν τηλεφανὴς.. εἴη Od. 24.83
;ἡμεῖς δ' ἴωμεν ὡς, ὁπηνίκ' ἂν θεὸς πλοῦν ἡμὶν εἴκῃ, τηνικαυθ' ὁρμώμεθα S.Ph. 464
;[νέας] διηκοσίας περιέπεμπον.. ὡς ἂν μὴ ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7
. b. rarely c. [tense] fut. indic., ὡς μὴ ὦν αὐτοὶ τε ἀπολέεσθε (cj. Cobet for ἀπόλεσθε)κἀμὲ τρώσετε, ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ δῆμον ἀποίχεσθε Hecat. 30J.
2 ὡς is also used with past tenses of the indic. to express a purpose which has not been or cannot be fulfilled, τί μ' οὐκ ἔκτεινας, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε .. ; so that I never should.., S.OT 1392;ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδ' εἰ ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν X.An. 7.6.23
; cf.ἵνα B. 1.3
,ὅπως B. 1.3
.3 ὡς c. inf., to limit an assertion,ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέειν Hdt.6.95
, cf. 2.124; ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ib.53; or ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, cf.ἔπος 11.4
; ὡς συντόμως, or ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν to speak shortly, to be brief, X.Oec.12.19, Mem.3.8.10; ὡς εἰκάσαι to make a guess, i.e. probably, Hdt.1.34, etc.;ὡς μικρὸν μεγάλῳ εἰκάσαι Th.4.36
(so withoutὡς, οὐ πολλῷ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν Hdt. 1.61
), v. supr. Ab. 11.1, 2.III to express Consequence, like ὥστε, so that, freq. in Hdt., εὖρος ὡς δύο τριήρεας πλέειν ὁμοῦ in breadth such that two triremes could sail abreast, Hdt.7.24;ὑψηλὸν οὕτω.., ὡς τὰς κορυφὰς αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἷά τε εἶναι ἰδέσθαι 4.184
; so in Trag. and Prose, A.Pers. 437, al., S.OT84, X.An.3.5.7, etc.;ἀπέχοντας ἀπ' ἀλλάλων ὡς ἦμεν Ϝικατίπεδον ἄντομον Tab.Heracl.1.75
;οὕτως.. ὡς ὁμολογεῖν Jul.Or.5.164d
;ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας λανθάνειν PHolm. 9.13
; also, like ὥστε, with Indic.,οὕτω κλεινὴ ἐγένετο, ὡς.. ἐξέμαθον Hdt.2.135
, cf. S.Tr. 590, X.HG4.1.33.2 ἢ ὡς after a [comp] Comp.,μάσσον' ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν Pi.O.13.113
;μαλακώτεροι.. ἢ ὡς κάλλιον αὐτοῖς Pl.R. 410d
; cf.ὥστε B. 1.2
: with words implying comparison, ὀλίγοι ἐσμὲν ὡς ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι αὐτῶν too few to.., X.Cyr.4.5.15, γραῦς εἶ, ὦ Ἐλπινίκη, ὡς τηλικαῦτα διαπράττεσθαι πράγματα too old to.. Stesimbr. 5J.3 ὡς is sts. omitted where the antecedent demonstrative is expressed, οὕτω ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν διαρρήξειας so strong, you could hardly break them, Hdt.3.12;ῥώμη σώματος τοιήδε, ἀεθλοφόροι τε ἀμφότεροι ἦσαν Id.1.31
.IV Causal, inasmuch as, since,τί ποτε λέγεις, ὦ τέκνον; ὡς οὐ μανθάνω S.Ph. 914
, cf. E.Ph. 843, 1077, Ar.Ra. 278: c. opt.,μὴ καὶ λάθῃ με προσπεσών· ὡς μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτο μ' ἢ τοὺς πάντας Ἀργείους λαβεῖν S.Ph.46
.C [full] ὡς beforeI Participles;II Prepositions; andIII ὡς itself as a Preposition.I with Participles in the case of the Subject, to mark the reason or motive of the action, as if, as,ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς Il.23.430
(v. infr. G); ἀγανακτοῦσιν ὡς μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερημένοι (i. e. ἡγούμενοι μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερῆσθαι), Pl.R. 329a: most freq. c. part. [tense] fut.,διαβαίνει.., ὡς ἀμήσων τὸν σῖτον Hdt.6.28
, cf. 91; , etc.;δηλοῖς ὥς τι σημανῶν νέον S.Ant. 242
;ὡς τεθνήξων ἴσθι νυνί Ar.Ach. 325
(troch.): in questions,παρὰ Πρωταγόραν νῦν ἐπιχειρεῖς ἰέναι, ὡς παρὰ τίνα ἀφιξόμενος; Pl.Prt. 311b
;ὡς τί δὴ θέλων; E.IT 557
; with vbs. of knowing,ἐπιστάσθω Κροῖσος ὡς ὕστερον.. ἁλοὺς τῆς πεπρωμένης Hdt.1.91
; ὡς μὴ 'μπολήσων ἴσθι .. S.Ant. 1063.2 with Participles in oblique cases, λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας they speak of us as dead, A.Ag. 672; ; ; , cf. Hdt.5.85, 9.54;νῦν δέ σου τὰ ἔργα φανερὰ γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ἀνιωμένου ἀλλ' ὡς ἡδομένου τοῖς γιγνομένοις Lys.12.32
; (lyr.); ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς, ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, ἢ οὐχ ὑπομενοῦντας σφᾶς ἢ ῥᾳδίως ληψόμενοι βίᾳ made light of the matter, in the belief that.., Th.4.5.—Both constructions in one sentence,τοὺς κόσμους εἴασε χαίρειν ὡς ἀλλοτρίους τε ὄντας καὶ πλέον θάτερον ἡγησάμενος ἀπεργάζεσθαι Pl.Phd. 114e
, cf. X.Cyr.1.5.9.3 with Parts. put abs. in gen.,νῦν δέ, ὡς οὕτω ἐχόντων, στρατιὴν ἐκπέμπετε Hdt.8.144
; ἐρώταὅτι βούλει, ὡς τἀληθῆ ἐροῦντος X.Cyr.3.1.9
; , cf. 904, A.Pr. 760, E.Med. 1311, Th.7.15, X.An.1.3.6: so also in acc.,μισθὸν αἰτοῦσιν, ὡς οὐχὶ αὐτοῖσιν ὠφελίαν ἐσομένην ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν Pl.R. 345e
, cf. E.Ph. 1461: with both cases in one sentence,ὡς καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἄλλῃ στρατιᾷ καὶ.. διαπεπολεμησόμενον Th.7.25
, cf. Pl.R. 604b.II ὡς before Preps., ἀνήγοντο ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν (v.l. -ίᾳ) Th.1.48, cf. X. HG2.1.22;φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ Id.An.4.3.11
; κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ὡς ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, expressing the purpose, Th.1.126;ἀπέπλεον.. ὡς ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας Id.6.61
;πλεῖς ὡς πρὸς οἶκον S.Ph.58
;τὸ βούλευμ' ὡς ἐπ' Ἀργείοις τόδ' ἦν Id.Aj.44
: in these passages ὡς marks an intention; not so in the following:ἀπαγγέλλετε τῇ μητρὶ [χαίρειν] ὡς παρ' ἐμοῦ X.Cyr.8.7.28
; alsoὡς ἀπὸ τῆς πομπῆς Pl.R. 327c
;ὡς ἐκ κακῶν ἐχάρη Hdt.8.101
.b later, in geographical expressions, of direction,προϊών, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Πηνειόν Str.9.5.8
, cf. 13.1.22;ὡς πρὸς ἕω βλέπων Id.8.6.1
, cf. 7.6.2; ὡς εἰς Φηραίαν (leg. Ἡραίαν)ἰόντων Id.8.3.32
.III ὡς as a Prep., prop. in cases where the object is a person, not a place: once in Hom., (v.l. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον, cf.αἶνος Ὁμηρικός, αἰὲν ὁμοῖον ὡς θεός.. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει Call.Aet.1.1.10
; ἔρχεται.. ἕκαστον τὸ ὅμοιον ὡς τὸ ὅ., τὸ πυκνὸν ὡς τὸ πυκνόν κτλ. (with v.l. ἐς) Hp.Nat.Puer.17), but possibly ὡς.. ὥς as.. so, in Od. l.c.; also in Hdt.,ἐσελθεῖν ὡς τὴν θυγατέρα 2.121
.έ: freq. in [dialect] Att.,ὡς Ἆγιν ἐπρεσβεύσαντο Th.8.5
, etc.; ;ἀπέπλευσαν ἐς Φώκαιαν.. ὡς Ἀστύοχον Id.8.31
; ναῦς ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὡς Φαρνάβαζον ἀποπέμπειν ib.39;ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην Isoc. 4.121
; the examples of ὡς with names of places are corrupt, e.g.ὡς τὴν Μίλητον Th.8.36
(ἐς cod. Vat.); ὡς Ἄβυδον one Ms. in Id.8.103;ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν Ar.Ach. 242
: in S.OT 1481 ὡς τὰς ἀδελφὰς.. τὰς ἐμὰς χέρας is equiv. to ὡς ἐμὲ τὸν ἀδελφόν; in Id.Tr. 366 δόμους ὡς τούσδε house = household.D [full] ὡς in independent sentences:I as an exclamation, how, mostly with Advbs. and Adjs., ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες how silly a heart hadst thou! Il.21.441; ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ παῖδα λιπέσθαι how good is it.., Od.3.196, cf. 24.194;φρονεῖν ὡς δεινόν S.OT 316
; ὡς ἀστεῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος how charming he is! Pl.Phd. 116d;ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε LXX Ps.91(92).6
, 103(104).24; in indirect clauses, ἐθαύμασα τοῦτο, ὡς ἡδέως.. ἀπεδέξατο marvelled at seeing how.., Pl. Phd. 89a.2 with Verbs, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί how constantly.., Il.19.290, cf. 21.273; ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χάρις μετόπισθ' εὐεργέων how little thanks remain! Od.22.319; ὡς ὄχλος νιν.. ἀμφέπει see how.., E.Ph. 148; ὡς ὑπερδέδοικά σου how greatly.., S.Ant.82; so perh.ὡς οἰμώξεται Ar.Ra. 279
; (troch.).II to mark a wish, oh that! c. opt. alone,ὡς ἔρις.. ἀπόλοιτο Il.18.107
;ὡς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος Od.1.47
, cf. S.El. 126 (lyr.); also ὡς ἄν or κε with opt., ;ὥς κέ οἱ αὖθι γαῖα χάνοι 6.281
.2 joined with other words of wishing,ὡς ὤφελες αὐτόθ' ὀλέσθαι 3.428
;ὡς δὴ μὴ ὄφελον νικᾶν Od.11.548
.E [full] ὡς with numerals marks that they are to be taken only as a round number, as it were, about, nearly,σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι X.An.3.3.5
; also ὡς πέντε μάλιστά κῃ about five (v.μάλα 111.5
), Hdt.7.30:—also with words compounded with numerals,δέπας.. ὡς τριλάγυνον Stesich.7
; παῖς ὡς ἑπτέτης of some seven years, Pl. Grg. 471c;δρέπανα ὡς διπήχη X.Cyr.6.1.30
, cf. An.5.4.12; cf. .F [full] ὡς in some elliptical (or apparently elliptical) phrases:1 ὡς τί δὴ τόδε (sc. γένηται); to what end? E.Or. 796 (troch.); cf.ἵνα B.11.3c
.2 know that (sc. ἴσθι), ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι S.Aj.39
; ; , cf. Med. 609, Ph. 720; ὡς τάχ' οὐκέθ' αἱματηρὸν.. ἀργήσει ξίφος ib. 625 (troch.); so in Com.,ὡς ἔστ' ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα Ar.Lys.32
, cf. 499 (anap.), Ach. 333 (troch.), Nu. 209; also .3 ὡς ἕκαστος, ἕκαστοι, each severally (whether in respect of time, place, or other difference),ξυνελέγοντο.. Κορίνθιοι δισχίιοι ὁπλῖται, οἱ δ' ἄλλοι ὡς ἕκαστοι, Φλειάσιοι δὲ πανστρατιᾷ Th.5.57
, cf. 1.107, 113; πρώτη τε αὕτη πόλις ξυμμαχὶς παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐδουλώθη, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστη [ξυνέβη] (ξ. secl. Krüger: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἐδουλώθη Sch.l.c.) Id.1.98; ἄλλοι τε παριόντες ἐγκλήματα ἐποιοῦντο ὡς ἕκαστοι ib.67, cf. 7.65; χρησμολόγοι τε ᾖδον χρησμοὺς παντοίους, ὧν ἀκροᾶσθαι ὡς ἕκαστος ὥρμητο, i. e. different persons ran to listen to different prophecies, Id.2.21; τὰς ἄλλας ὡς ἑκάστην ποι ἐκπεπτωκυῖαν ἀναδησάμενοι ἐκόμιζον ἐς τὴν πόλιν they made fast to the rest wherever each (ship) had been run ashore, Id.7.74; οἱ δ' οὖν ὡς ἕκαστοι Ἕλληνες κατὰ πόλεις τε ὅσοι ἀλλήλων ξυνίεσαν καὶ ξύμπαντες ὕστερον κληθέντες οὐδὲν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν.. ἁθρόοι ἔπραξαν the various peoples that were later called by the common name of Greeks, Id.1.3;ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προστάσσων Hdt.1.114
; ὡς ἑκάστην ( one by one) αἱρέοντες (sc. τὰς νήσους) , cf. 79;ὡς ἑκασταχόσε D.C.41.9
, al.; rarely with a Verb,ὡς ἕκαστος ἀπικνέοιτο Hdt.1.29
, cf. Th.6.2: later ὡς followsἕκαστος, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως Ep.Rom.12.3
:—for the etymology v. infr. H; alsoὡς ἑκάτεροι Th.3.74
(v. infr. H).G [full] ὡς pleonast. inὡς ὅτι D.H. 9.14
, 2 Ep.Cor.11.21, Sch.A Il.1.264, 129, 396, 3.280, AP9.530, dub.l. in Str.15.1.57.H Etymology: this word is in origin five distinct words: (1) ὡς 'as' is the Adv. fr. the Relat. ὅς (I.-E. stem yo-); with ὡς βέλτιστος cf. Skt. yācchrē[snull ][tnull ]á[hudot ] 'the best possible': (2) ὧς ' thus' is the Adv. of a Demonstr. stem so- found in Skt. sa, Gr. ὁ, Lat. sō-c (Gloss. = ita, cf. Umbr. esoc); (3) ὡς postpositive (ὄρνιθες ὥς, etc.) constantly makes a preceding short closed syll. long in Hom., and must therefore have been ϝως; it may perh. be related to Skt. vā, a form of va, iva ( = (1) or (2) like), Lat. ve, Gr. ἦ[ϝ] ε; (4) ὡς prep. 'to' is of doubtful origin (perh. fr. Ως, cogn. with Lat. ōs 'face', Skt. ās: Ως τινα ἐλθεῖν like τί δέ δε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος;); (5) ὡς F.3 is prob. ϝως, Adv. of ϝός the reflexive Adj., and means lit. in his (their) own way (or place); it is idiomatically placed before ἕκαστος ([etym.] ἑκάτερος), cf.ϝὸν ϝεκάτερος Leg.Gort.1.18
. -
29 ζάω
ζάω contr. ζῶ (Hom.+) impf. ἔζων (Ro 7:9 B ἔζην; on this form s. Schwyzer I 675; B-D-F §88; Mlt-H. 194, both w. ref.); fut. ζήσω (uniformly attested Ro 6:2; Hb 12:9); the later (since Hippocr. VII p. 536 L.; LXX; AscIs 3:9; Jos., Ant. 1, 193 al.) form ζήσομαι (B-D-F §77; Rob. 356) is more common (on the fut. forms s. JLee, NovT 22, ’80, 289–98; GKilpatrick, ibid. 25, ’83, 146–51); 1 aor. ἔζησα. On the LXX usage s. Thackeray 269; for forms in pap, Gignac II 370.① to be alive physically, liveⓐ of physical life in contrast to deathα. gener. Ac 22:22; Ro 7:1, 2, 3; 14:8ac; 1 Cor 7:39; 2 Cor 5:15a; 6:9; Hb 9:17. ψυχὴ ζῶσα a living soul (Gen 1:20 al.; Just., D. 6, 1 ζῇ ψυχῇ) 1 Cor 15:45 (Gen 2:7); Rv 16:3 v.l. ὅσα ἔτη ζῇ as many years as he lives B 10:6 (cp. SIG 663, 6; Sb 173, 6 Αὐρήλιος ζήσας ἔτη νε´; En 10:10). τὸ ζῆν life (Attic wr., ins, pap, LXX) ὥστε ἐξαπορηθῆναι ἡμᾶς καὶ τοῦ ζῆν so that we even despaired of life 2 Cor 1:8. διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν during the whole lifetime Hb 2:15 (cp. Diod S 1, 74, 3 διατελεῖν πάντα τὸν τοῦ ζῆν χρόνον; 4, 46, 4). ἔτι ζῶν while he was still living= before his death Mt 27:63 (CB I/2 660 no. 618 Ζώσιμος ἔτι ζῶν κατεσκεύασεν; 3 Km 12:6). ζῶντες ἐβλήθησαν … εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός they were thrown alive into the lake of fire Rv 19:20. ζῶσα τέθνηκεν though alive she is dead 1 Ti 5:6 (cp. Sextus 7). ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες we during our (earthly) life 2 Cor 4:11; the same phrase= we who are still living 1 Th 4:15, 17. Here the opp. is νεκροί, as in Mt 22:32; Mk 12:27; Lk 20:38a. ζῶντες καὶ νεκροί the living and the dead Ac 10:42; Ro 14:9b; 2 Ti 4:1; 1 Pt 4:5; 2 Cl 1:1; B 7:2.—Occasionally the contrast betw. νεκρός and ζῆν is used fig. with ref. to the realm of religion and ethics Lk 15:24 v.l., 32.β. of dead persons who return to life become alive again: of humans in general (3 Km 17:23) Mt 9:18; Ac 9:41; 20:12; Rv 20:4, 5; AcPl Ha 11, 7. Of Jesus Mk 16:11; Lk 24:5, 23; Ac 1:3; 25:19; Ro 14:9a; 2 Cor 13:4a; Rv 1:18b; 2:8 (Just., D. 69, 6 νεκροὺς … ζῆν ποιήσας).γ. of sick persons, if their illness terminates not in death but in recovery be well, recover (Artem. 4, 4 ἔζησεν ὁ παῖς=became well; 5, 71; 72; PGM 1, 188; 4 Km 1:2; 8:8 εἰ ζήσομαι ἐκ τῆς ἀρρωστίας μου ταύτης; Jos., Vi. 421) Mk 5:23; J 4:50, 51, 53.—Of removal of anxiety 1 Th 3:8.δ. also of healthy persons live on, remain alive (X., An. 3, 2, 39 ὅστις δὲ ζῆν ἐπιθυμεῖ πειράσθω νικᾶν; Ep. 56 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 359, 14]; ApcMos 31 διὰ τί σὺ ἀποθνῄσκεις καγὼ ζῶ;) Ac 25:24; 28:4. ἐὰν ὁ κύριος θελήσῃ ζήσομεν Js 4:15. ὸ̓ς ἔχει τὴν πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρης καὶ ἔζησεν Rv 13:14.ε. of beings that in reality, or as they are portrayed, are not subject to death: of Melchizedek Hb 7:8 (opp. ἀποθνῄσκοντες ἄνθρωποι). Jesus as everlasting high priest πάντοτε ζῶν 7:25.—In this sense it is most comprehensively applied to God (s. CBurchard, Untersuch. zu JosAs p. 103) (ὁ) θεὸς (ὁ) ζῶν (cp. 4 Km 19:4, 16; Is 37:4, 17; Hos 2:1; Da 6:21 Theod.; 3 Macc 6:28; TestAbr A 17 p. 99, 10 [Stone p. 46]; TestJob 37:2; JosAs 49:3 al.; SibOr 3, 763; POxy 924, 11 [IV A.D., Gnostic]; PGM 4, 1038 ὁ μέγας ζῶν θεός; 7, 823; 12, 79; Philo, Decal. 67 ὁ ζῶν ἀεὶ θεός; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 59, 18.—The phrase ‘the living God’ is not found in Joseph.) Mt 16:16; 26:63; J 6:69 v.l.; Ac 14:15; Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1); 2 Cor 3:3; 6:16; 1 Th 1:9; 1 Ti 3:15; 4:10; 6:17 v.l.; Hb 3:12; 9:14; 10:31; 12:22; Rv 1:18a; 4:10; 7:2; 10:6; 2 Cl 20:2; GJs 20:1; AcPl Ha 2, 32; also ὁ ζῶν πατήρ J 6:57. W. the addition εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Rv 15:7; cp. 4:9 (cp. Tob 13:2; Sir 18:1). God takes a sovereign oath in the words ζῶ ἐγώ as surely as I live (Num 14:28 al.) Ro 14:11 (Is 49:18; classical parallels GStählin, NovT 5, ’62, 142 n. 2). ζῇ κύριος ὁ θεός [μου] as surely as the Lord my God lives GJs 4:1; 6:1; 13:3; 15:3; 19:3 (Judg 8:19; 1 Km 25:34 al; GrBar 1:7; cp. ApcEsdr 2:7); in expanded form καὶ ζῇ ὁ Χριστὸς αὐτοῦ 15:4 (s. deStrycker ad loc.).—Christ lives διὰ τὸν πατέρα because of the Father J 6:57b (s. Bultmann, comm. ad loc.).ⓑ w. mention of that upon which life depends ἐπί τινι on the basis of someth. (Andoc. 1, 100; Isocr. 10, 18; Ael. Aristid. 28, 103 K.=49 p. 525 D.) ζ. ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3). ζ. ἔκ τινος obtain one’s living fr. someth. (Aristoph., Eccl. 591; Demosth. 57, 36; POxy 1117, 19; 1557, 12; TestJob 47:1f) 1 Cor 9:14.ⓒ w. more precise mention of the sphere (Artem. 3, 62 ἐν ἀγορᾷ ζ.=spend his life in the marketplace) ζ. ἐν σαρκί live in the flesh in contrast to the heavenly life Phil 1:22; Gal 2:20c; ζ. ἐν κόσμῳ live in the world Col 2:20. ζ. ἐν θεῷ, live in God (as the Being who penetrates and embraces everything) Ac 17:28 (s. κινέω 3). For AcPl Ha 1, 15 s. 2a end.② to live in a transcendent sense, live, of the sanctified life of a child of God (ζῆν in the sense of a higher type of life than the animal: X., Mem. 3, 3, 11; Cass. Dio 69, 19: after years of public service, Similis retires and prepares this epitaph: Σίμιλις ἐνταύθα κεῖται βιοὺς μὲν ἔτη τόσα, ζήσας δὲ ἔτη ἑπτά=Here lies Similis, existing for so many years, but alive for only seven.).ⓐ in the world ἐγὼ ἔζων χωρὶς νόμου ποτέ I was once (truly) alive without law (this has been interpr. to mean when no law existed; Paul is then regarded as speaking fr. the viewpoint of humanity in paradise before the command Gen 2:16 f; 3:3. Another interpr. thinks of Paul as referring to the period in his life when he was not conscious of the existence and significance of the law. In view of Paul’s climactic affirmation in Ro 7:25, Paul probably illustrates in the first person the perils of a Christian who succumbs to the illusion that moral action is connected with law rather than with the ‘spirit of life in Christ’ Ro 8:2) Ro 7:9. Even now those who listen to the voice of the Son of God enjoy this life J 5:25; cp. 11:26; likew. those who receive him into their being ὁ τρώγων τὸν ἄρτον 6:57c; cp. Ro 6:11, 13 (ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας); Gal 2:19; Rv 3:1. This heavenly life on earth is a ζ. πνεύματι Gal 5:25 or a life not of mere human achievement, but of Christ who lives in Christians 2:20ab. Also of the superhuman power of the apostle ζήσομεν σὺν αὐτῷ ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς we shall live with him (Christ) through God’s power in our dealings with you 2 Cor 13:4. ὁ κύριος βούλεται ζῆν ἡμᾶς ἐν θεῷ=the Lord wills that we live under God’s direction AcPl Ha 1, 15 (opp. ἀποθανεῖν ἐν ἁμαρτίαις; s. 1c end)ⓑ in the glory of the life to come (Sir 48:11; cp. Dt 4:1; 8:1; 30:16).α. abs. Lk 10:28; J 11:25; 14:19; Ro 8:13b; Hb 12:9. ἐμοὶ τ. ζῆν Χριστός= life is possible for me only where Christ is (hence death is gain) Phil 1:21 (s. OSchmitz, GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 155–69). Another common interpr. is for me to live is Christ, i.e. while I am alive I experience real life in connection with Christ; w. death comes life in all fullness in the presence of Jesus.β. More specifically εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα have eternal life (Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 17 ζῆν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα; PsSol 14:2) J 6:51, 58 (in J the blessed life which the follower of Jesus enjoys here and now in the body is simply continued in the heavenly life of the future. In other respects also the dividing line betw. the present and the future life is somet. nonexistent or at least not discernible); B 6:3; 8:5; 9:2; 11:10f; ἅμα σὺν αὐτῷ (i.e. Χριστῷ) ζ. live together with Christ 1 Th 5:10; ζ. διʼ αὐτοῦ (i.e. Chr.) 1J 4:9; ζ. κατὰ θεὸν πνεύματι live, as God (lives), in the Spirit 1 Pt 4:6. ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται (cp. Hab 2:4) he that is just through faith will have life Ro 1:17 (AFeuillet, NTS 6, ’59, 52–80; but s. Fitzmyer, Ro [AB] ad loc.); Gal 3:11; Hb 10:38. This life is τὸ ἀληθινὸν ζῆν ITr 9:2; IEph 11:1. Christ is called τὸ ἀδιάκριτον ἡμῶν ζῆν our unshakable or inseparable life 3:2. τὸ διὰ παντὸς ἡμῶν ζῆν our total life 1 Mg 1:2—The law-directed pers. believes concerning legal performance: ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς (Lev 18:5) Gal 3:12; cp. Ro 10:5 (cp. Dio Chrys. 58 [75], 1 οἱ τοῦτον [= τ. νόμον] φυλάττοντες ἔχονται τῆς σωτηρίας=those who observe law have a firm grip on security).③ to conduct oneself in a pattern of behavior, live (Hom. et al.)ⓐ used w. adverbs or other modifiers: adv. (Sallust. 19 p. 34, 25 κακῶς ζῆν [Just., A I, 4, 7]; SIG 889, 13ff; Wsd 14:28; Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 198; Ath. 3, 1 δίκην θηρίων) ἀσώτως Lk 15:13. ἐθνικῶς and ἰουδαϊκῶς Gal 2:14. εὐσεβῶς 2 Ti 3:12. πανούργως Hm 3, 3. σωφρόνως κ. δικαίως κ. εὐσεβῶς Tit 2:12 (Plut., Mor. 1108c ζῆν σωφρόνως κ. δικαίως; cp. Diog. L. 10, 132; 140; Ar. 15, 10).—Φαρισαῖος live as a Pharisee Ac 26:5. ἐν πίστει Gal 2:20d. ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ Ro 6:2; ζ. ἐν τούτοις live in these (sins) Col 3:7. κατὰ ἀλήθειαν in keeping w. the truth IEph 6:2 (cp. Philo, Post. Cai. 73 κατὰ βούλημα τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ζ.; Jos., Ant. 4, 302 κατὰ τ. νόμους ζ.; Just., D. 47, 4 κατὰ τὸν νόμον; Orig., C. Cels. 7, 12, 7 κατὰ τὰς θείας γραφάς). κατὰ θεόν 8:1 (cp. SIG 910 A and B). κατὰ Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν IPhld 3:2. κατὰ Χριστιανισμόν live in accordance w. (our) commitment to Christ IMg 10:1. κατὰ σάρκα Ro 8:12f; Dg 5:8; κατὰ κυριακὴν ζ. (opp. σαββατίζειν) include the observance of the Lord’s day in one’s life IMg 9:1. Of a married woman ζ. μετὰ ἀνδρός live w. her husband Lk 2:36 (for the added acc. of extent of time cp. Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 332 D.; Pr 28:16; ἥτις ἔζησεν καλῶς μετʼ ἐμοῦ ἔτη 28, μῆνας 4, ἡμέρας 5: SEG II, 384, 6–8 [restored]; s. also FDanker, Jesus and the New Age ’88, 71).ⓑ τινί live for someone or someth., for the other’s benefit (Hom. et al.; Demosth. 7, 17 οἳ οὐκ αἰσχύνονται Φιλίππῳ ζῶντες καὶ οὐ τῇ ἑαυτῶν πατρίδι; Dionys. Hal. 3, 17 … παῖδες, τῷ πατρὶ ζῶντες) ζ. τῷ θεῷ (4 Macc 7:19; 16:25; Philo, Mut. Nom. 13, Rer. Div. Her. 111; s. SAalen, NTS 13, ’67, 10) Lk 20:38b (cp. Soph., Ajax 970); Ro 6:10, 11; Gal 2:19; Hm 3:5; AcPl Ha 10, 7; τῷ κυρίῳ Ro 14:8b (cp. Plut., Cleom. 819 [31, 5]). For Christ 2 Cor 5:15; τῷ ἐμῷ βασιλεῖ AcPl Ha 9, 26 (restored after Aa I 112, 14) τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ζ. 1 Pt 2:24; ἑαυτῷ ζ. live for oneself (Menand., Fgm. 646 Kö. οὐχ ἑαυτῷ ζῆν μόνον; Diod S 10, 33, 2 ζ. ἑαυτοῖς=live for themselves) Ro 14:7.④ to be full of vitality, be lively the ptc. is used fig. w. respect to things (cp. τῶν δένδρων τῶν ζῶντων ParJer 9:3), of spring water in contrast w. cistern water ὕδωρ ζῶν (Gen 26:19; Lev 14:5; Jer 2:13 v.l.; Zech 14:8.—Stagnant water is called ὕ. νεκρόν: Synes., Ep. 114, 254d) J 4:10f (Hdb. exc. on J 4:14); 7:38; D 7:1f (Wengst p. 77 n. 57). ζώσας πηγάς Rv 7:17 v.l.⑤ to be life-productive, offer life ptc. used w. respect to things (SIG 1173 [138 A.D.], 5 ζῶσαι ἀρεταὶ ἐγένοντο=miracles full of divine life occurred) λόγια ζῶντα words that meant life Ac 7:38. λόγος ζῶν θεοῦ 1 Pt 1:23; cp. Hb 4:12. ὁδὸς ζῶσα a living way 10:20. ἐλπὶς ζῶσα a living hope 1 Pt 1:3.—ζ. is also used of things which serve as descriptions of pers. who communicate divine life: of Christ ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν J 6:51a. λίθος ζῶν 1 Pt 2:4. Of Christians: θυσία ζῶσα a living sacrifice Ro 12:1. λίθοι ζῶντες 1 Pt 2:5.—τὰ παρὰ ζώσης φωνῆς καὶ μενούσης the (words) of a living and abiding voice Papias (2:4) (opp. ἐκ τῶν βιβλίων).—Lit. s. ζωή end. DELG s.v. ζώω.M-M. TW. -
30 καλός
καλός, ή, όν (Hom.+; pert. to meeting high standards or expectations of appearance, kind, or quality) superl. κάλλιστος, η, ον (Diod S 5, 13, 1; JosAs 14:17 cod. A; ApcSed 11:4 p. 134, 14 Ja. καλλίστατε; Jos., Ant. 16, 142; Just., D. 20, 3; Tat. 28, 1).① pert. to being attractive in outward appearance, beautiful, handsome, fine in outward appearance λίθοι κ. beautiful stones Lk 21:5. Of pers. (Lucian, Tim. 16, Dial. Mort. 1, 3) Hv 3, 13, 1; Hs 9, 3, 1.② pert. to being in accordance at a high level w. the purpose of someth. or someone, good, useful.ⓐ of things τόπον καλὸν ἀνακεχωρηκότα a beautiful remote place Hv 3, 1, 3; in the phys. sense free from defects, fine, precious opp. σαπρός (PLond II, 356, 4ff p. 252 [I A.D.]; TestJob 7:5 ἄρτον [opp. κεκαιμένον]) of fish Mt 13:48; superl. τὰ κάλλιστα the especially good ones vs. 48 D. Of a tree and its fruit 12:33; Lk 6:43. Opp. πονηρός of fruits Mt 7:17ff. Otherw. of fruits (Menand., Mon. 303 Mei. [402 J.] καρπός) 3:10; Lk 3:9; Hs 2, 4. ἀμπελῶνες m 10, 1, 5. τράγοι B 7:6, 10. γῆ good soil Mt 13:8, 23; Mk 4:8, 20; Lk 8:15. σπέρμα Mt 13:24, 27, 37f. οἶνος J 2:10ab; Hm 12, 5, 3. μαργαρῖται fine pearls Mt 13:45. Subst. (Epict. 1, 12, 12 καλόν τι ἐλευθερία ἐστί) καλὸν τὸ ἅλας salt is a good thing Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34. ἔργον something useful Hs 5, 2, 7.—Superl. of Polycarp’s writings συγγράμματα κάλλιστα most excellent writings EpilMosq 2.ⓑ of moral quality (opp. αἰσχρός IAndrosIsis, Kyme 32) good, noble, praiseworthy, contributing to salvation etc. ἔργον καλόν, ἔργα καλά (Hippocr., Ep. 27, 30; Athen. 1, 15 p. 8f ἐν τοῖς καλοῖς ἔργοις; SibOr 3, 220) Mt 5:16; 26:10; Mk 14:6; J 10:32f; 1 Ti 5:10, 25; 6:18; Tit 2:7, 14; 3:8ab, 14; Hb 10:24; 1 Pt 2:12; 2 Pt 1:10 v.l.; 2 Cl 12:4. λόγια τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cl 13:3. καλόν: ἐν καλῷ Gal 4:18b; cp. Pol 6:3. (Opp. κακόν) διάκρισις καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ Hb 5:14 (Sext. Emp., Pyrrh. 3, 168 διάκρισις τῶν τε καλῶν κ. κακῶν). (τὸ) κ. (opp. κακ.) ποιεῖν (2 Ch 14:1; 31:20) Ro 7:21; 2 Cor 13:7. Without the contrast w. κακ. Gal 6:9; Js 4:17; 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:17); Dg 4:3. κατεργάζεσθαι Ro 7:18. ἐργάζεσθαι B 21:2. καλὰ προνοεῖσθαι ἐνώπιόν τινος (Pr 3:4) Ro 12:17; sim. 2 Cor 8:21.—ἀναστροφή (cp. 2 Macc 6:23) Js 3:13; 1 Pt 2:12. συνείδησις Hb 13:18 (cp. PRein 52, 5 οὐ καλῷ συνειδότι χρώμενοι); φόβος 1 Cl 21:8; νουθέτησις 56:2; νηστεία Hs 5, 3, 5; μαρτυρία κ. a good reputation 1 Ti 3:7. ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ κ. ἀγαθῇ in a noble and good heart Lk 8:15 (w. ἀγ., as freq. in Gr-Rom. wr. to characterize exceptional citizens [s. καλοκἀγαθία], also Jos., Ant. 4, 67; 10, 188 al.; Just., A II, 2, 7 al.). Of the law morally unobjectionable (Maximus Tyr. 20, 9a) Ro 7:16; cp. 1 Ti 1:8. ἐντολαί Hm 12, 3, 4; Hs 6, 1, 1f. οὐ καλὸν τὸ καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 Cor 5:6. τοῦτο καλὸν καὶ ἀπόδεκτον ἐνώπιον τ. θεοῦ 1 Ti 2:3; 5:4 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 7:3; 21:1; 60:2; 61:2; Pol 6:1 (Pr 3:4). πολυτέλεια καλὴ καὶ ἱλαρά Hs 1, 10. λειτουργία 5, 3, 8. Superl.: of martyrs ὑπόδειγμα κάλλιστον finest example 1 Cl 6:1.ⓒ in any respect unobjectionable, blameless, excellent.α. of pers. κύριος B 7:1; cp. 19:11 (καλό of God: Celsus 4, 14). μαθητής IPol 2:1. ἱερεῖς IPhld 9:1. διάκονος Χριστοῦ Ἰ. 1 Ti 4:6a. οἰκονόμος 1 Pt 4:10. στρατιώτης Χρ. Ἰ. 2 Ti 2:3. ποιμήν J 10:11ab, 14. ἀνταποδότης D 4:7.β. of things μέτρον good, full measure Lk 6:38. θεμέλιος 1 Ti 6:19. βαθμός 3:13. ἔργον someth. helpful, beneficial 3:1. διδασκαλία 4:6b. παραθήκη 2 Ti 1:14. ὁμολογία 1 Ti 6:12b, 13. ἀγών 6:12a; 2 Ti 4:7. στρατεία 1 Ti 1:18. κτίσμα (3 Macc 5:11) 4:4. πλάσμα B 6:12. σκεῦος 21:8. βάπτισμα ApcPt Rainer 4. καλὸν θεοῦ ῥῆμα (cp. Josh 21:45; 23:15; Zech 1:13) Hb 6:5. τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (in a Pompeian graffito [Dssm., LO 237; LAE 277] a lover speaks of the καλὸν ὄνομα of his beloved). οὐδὲν φαινόμενον καλόν (ἐστιν) IRo 3:3. πάντα ὁμοῦ κ. ἐστιν IPhld 9:2. τὸ καλόν what passes the test 1 Th 5:21.ⓓ The term καλόν (ἐστιν) in the gener. sense it is good qualifies items that fit under one of the preceding clasifications (Pr 17:26.—כָּלָן=καλόν loanw. in rabb.).α. it is pleasant, desirable, advantageous (Jos., Bell. 4, 163) Mt 17:4; 18:8f; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33.—1 Cor 7:26a.β. it is morally good, pleasing to God, contributing to salvation 1 Cor 7:1 (cp. Gen 2:18), 8, 26b; Hb 13:9.—οὐ καλόν Mt 15:26; Mk 7:27.γ. καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον it is better for him Mk 9:42; cp. 1 Cor 9:15. καλόν (σοί) ἐστιν … ἤ it is a(n) (greater) advantage (for you) …, than (cp. Jon 4:3; ApcEsdr 1:6 p. 24, 13) Mt 18:8f; Mk 9:43, 45, 47 (s. B-D-F §190, 2). καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ it would have been better for him Mt 26:24; Mk 14:21 v.l. (B-D-F §358, 1; 360, 1). Without copula Mk 14:21; 1 Cl 51:3; IRo 6:1; 2 Cl 16:4.—That which is good or better is added in the inf., which forms the subject of καλόν ἐστιν (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 13 §46 καλὸν εἴη τινὶ θνῄσκειν; Polyaenus 8, 9, 2; Jos., Bell. 1, 650; 4, 163) Mt 15:26; 18:8f; Mk 7:27; Gal 4:18a; Hm 6, 2, 9; also the articular inf. (Menand., Monost. 283; 291 [396; 410 J.] καλὸν τὸ θνῄσκειν al.). κ. τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα Ro 14:21; 1 Cor 7:26b; IEph 15:1; IRo 2:2; Pol 5:3; MPol 11:1; w. acc. and inf. ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33; cp. Mk 9:43, 45, 47; B 21:1; with εἰ (ApcSed 4:2) Mt 26:24 (1Cl 46:8); Mk 9:42; 14:21; with ἐάν 1 Cor 7:8. S. B-D-F §409, 3; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT ’62, 76–78.—B. 1176; 1191. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
31 φανερός
φανερός, ά, όν (φαίνομαι; Pind., Hdt.+; ins, pap, LXX; En 9:5; TestSol; TestAsh 2:3; ParJer 6:25; EpArist, Philo, Joseph., Ar., Just., Tat.)① adj. pert. to being evident so as to be readily known, visible, clear, plainly to be seen, open, plain, evident, known τὰ φανερὰ ἕργα (opp. κρύφια) 2 Cl 16:3. Used w. εἶναι (Diod, S. 18, 55, 2 φανεροῦ ὄντος ὅτι=since it was clear that) οἱ καρποὶ φανεροὶ ἔσονται Hs 4:3; cp. 4:4. φ. ἔσονται οἱ δουλεύοντες τῷ θεῷ 4:2. φανερόν (-ά) ἐστιν Ro 1:19 (ἐν αὐτοῖς; s. ἐν 8); Gal 5:19; 1J 3:10 (ἐν τούτῳ by this); Hm 11:10; other passages w. dat. of pers. (TestSol 13:2 C) 1 Ti 4:15; B 8:7 (opp. σκοτεινά). Without a copula, which is to be supplied: w. ὅτι (X., Mem. 3, 9, 2; Teles p. 12, 4; 7; TestAsh 2:3; Iren., 1, 4, 4 [Harv. I, 37, 8]) πᾶσιν φανερόν Ac 4:16 (D has the copula and at the same time the comp.: φανερώτερόν ἐστιν it is quite well known). φανερὸν τὸ δένδρον ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ αὐτοῦ the tree is known by its fruit (cp. Mt 12:33) IEph 14:2 (Vi. Aesopi G, 3 P. φανερὸς ἀπὸ τῆς ὄψεως=clearly recognizable by its appearance).—Used w. γίνεσθαι (BGU 1141, 41 [14 B.C.]; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 46 §187 τοῦ κακοῦ φανεροῦ γενομένου; 1 Macc 15:9; 2 Macc 1:33; ParJer 6:25; Jos., Ant. 2, 270; 6, 238; Just., A 1, 63, 6) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Mk 6:14. Cp. Lk 8:17a (opp. κρυπτόν); 1 Cor 3:13; 11:19; 14:25; Hs 9, 12, 3; w. dat. of pers. added (Ael. Aristid. 29, 24 K.=40 p. 758 D.: φανεροὶ πᾶσι γίγνεσθαι; Just., A I, 23, 1) Ac 7:13. ὥστε τοὺς δεσμούς μου φανεροὺς γενέσθαι ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ πραιτωρίῳ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν Phil 1:13.—Used w. ποιεῖν (Hyperid. 4, 1; Menand., Epitr. 495 S. [319 Kö.]; IBM III, 482 A, 13f; POxy 928, 7; PTebt 333, 12; 2 Macc 12:41; Just., A II, 15, 2; Theoph. Ant. 2, 3 [p. 94, 13]) make (τι someth.) known (Jos., Ant. 12, 189; 204) 1 Cl 21:7; GJs 5:1. τινά make someone known as what he really is, reveal the identity of someone (Jos., Ant. 3, 73; Just., D. 8, 4) Mt 12:16; Mk 3:12.② subst. τὸ φανερόν that which is exposed to general view or knowledge, (in) the open, public notice (Hyperid. 1, 13, 11 εἰς τὸ φ. φέρειν [cp. Just. A I, 15, 3 εἰς φανερὸν … φέρειν]; Polyb. 2, 46, 1; Just. A I, 17, 4 εἰς φανερὸν τιθέντων), εἰς φανερὸν ἐλθεῖν come to light Mk 4:22; Lk 8:17b (a proverb? Constant. Manasse 7, 34f H.: ἐστὶ σκότιον οὐδὲν ὅπερ εἰς φῶς οὐχ ἥκει, οὐκ ἔστι κρύφιον οὐδὲν ὸ̔ μὴ πρὸς γνῶσιν φθάνει ‘there is nothing in the dark that does not come into the light, and nothing hidden that does not become known’. εἰς φ. ἐλέγχειν Hippol., Ref. 8, 20, 4). ἐν τῷ φανερῷ (opp. ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ as Ctesias: 688 Fgm. 13, 12 p. 460 Jac.) Mt 6:4 v.l., 6 v.l., 18 v.l. (cp. Aeneas Tact. 426; Jos., Ant. 4, 34); preceded by an art. and used as an adj. ὁ ἐν τῷ φανερῷ Ἰουδαῖος the Judean who is one outwardly by reason of being circumcised Ro 2:28a; cp. b.—B. 1233. DELG s.v. φαίνω B. Schmidt, Syn. III 418–34. Cp. δῆλος. M-M. TW. -
32 εἰμί
εἰμί ( εἰμ(ί), [ἔσσι], ἐσσί, ἔστι(ν), ἐστί(ν), ἔσθ, εἰμέν, ἐντί, εἰσίν, ἔντι; εἴην, εἴη; ἔστω; ἐών, ἐόντα, ὄντα, ἐόντων, ἐοῖσα, ἐοῖσαν, ἐόντων; ἔμμεναι, ἔμμεν, [εἶναι codd.]: fut. ἔσομαι, ἔσσομαι, ἔσεται, ἔσσεται, ἔσται; ἐσσομένας gen., ἐσσόμενον, ἐσσόμενα; ἔσσεσθαι, ἔσεσθαι: impf. ἦν, ἔσαν, ἦσαν; ἔσκεν.)1 be. A1 c. predicative adj.aἄπιστον ἐμήσατο πιστὸν ἔμμεναι O. 1.32
τὸ πόρσω δ' ἐστὶ σοφοῖς ἄβατον κἀσόφοις O. 3.44
θεὸς εὔφρων εἴη λοιπαῖς εὐχαῖς O. 4.13
ἠὺ δ' ἔχοντες σοφοὶ καὶ πολίταις ἔδοξαν ἔμμεν O. 5.16
ἦν δὲ κλέος βαθύ O. 7.52
φανερὰν ἐν πελάγει Ῥόδον ἔμμεν ποντίῳ O. 7.56
τερπνὸν δ' ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἴσον ἔσσεται οὐδέν O. 8.53
μάτρωος δ' ἐκάλεσσέ μιν ἰσώνυμον ἔμμεν O. 9.64
ὁ δὲ λόγος δόξαν φέρει, λοιπὸν ἔσσεσθαι στεφάνοισί νιν ἵπποις τε κλυτὰν P. 1.37
γένοἰ οἷος ἐσσὶ μαθών P. 2.72
[ ἀβάπτιστός εἰμι (codd.: εἶμι Schnitzer) P. 2.80]σμικρὸς ἐν σμικροῖς, μέγας ἐν μεγάλοις ἔσσομαι P. 3.107
“ ἔσομαι τοῖος” P. 4.156δίδυμαι γὰρ ἔσαν ζωαί P. 4.209
πόνων δ' οὔ τις ἀπόκλαρός ἐστιν οὔτ ἔσεται P. 5.54
εὐθύτομόν τε κατέθηκεν Ἀπολλωνίαις ἀλεξιμβρότοις πεδιάδα πομπαῖς ἔμμεν ἱππόκροτον σκυρωτὰν ὁδόν P. 5.92
ἐδόκησέν τε ὕπατος ἀμφὶ τοκεῦσιν ἔμμεν πρὸς ἀρετάν P. 6.42
“ κρυπταὶ κλαίδες ἐντὶ σοφᾶς Πειθοῦς ἱερᾶν φιλοτάτων” P. 9.39θεὸς εἴη ἀπήμων κέαρ P. 10.21
θαμὰ δ' ἀλλοδαπῶν οὐκ ἀπείρατοι δόμοι ἐντί N. 1.24
ἐστὶ δ' αἰετὸς ὠκὺς ἐν ποτανοῖς N. 3.80
τὸ δ' ἐναντίον ἔσκεν N. 5.31
σέο δὲ προπράον' ἔμμεν ξεῖνον ἀδελφεόν τ (Schr.: προπρεῶνα μέν codd.) N. 7.86 ξανθοκομᾶν Δαναῶν ἦσαν μέγιστοι <¯˘¯> N. 9.17ἁ Μοῖσα γὰρ οὐ φιλοκερδής πω τότ' ἦν οὐδ ἐργάτις I. 2.6
ἐσσὶ γὰρ ὦν σοφός I. 2.12
οὐκ ἀγνῶτες ὑμῖν ἐντὶ δόμοι οὔτε κώμων I. 2.30
ἰατὰ δ' ἐστὶ βροτοῖς σύν γ ἐλευθερίᾳ καὶ τά ( ἔστι Er. Schmid) I. 8.15 ἄλοχον εὐειδέα θέλων ἑκάτερος ἑὰν ἔμμεν (Tricl.: ἔμμεναι codex) I. 8.29 ἦν γὰρ τὸ πάροιθε φορητὰ sc. Delos fr. 33d. 1.νεόπολίς εἰμι Pae. 2.28
ἄνιππός εἰμι Pae. 4.27
λίαν μοι [δέο]ς ἔμπεδονεἴη κεν Pae. 4.49
κατεκρίθης δὲ θνατοῖς ἀγανώτατος ἔμμεν Pae. 16.7
= fr. 147 Schr. σῶμα δ' ἐστὶ θνατόν Παρθ. 1. 1. τί ἔρδων φίλος σοι εἴην, τοῦτ αἴτημί σε (<ἂνγτ; εἴην coni. Christ) fr. 155. 3. νὸκακ ἔμμεναι fr. 169. 17.b with infinitive added.ἦν δ' ἐσορᾶν καλός O. 8.19
εἲην εὑρησιεπὴς ἀναγεῖσθαι O. 9.80
“ ἐντὶ μὲν θνατῶν φρένες ὠκύτεραι κέρδος αἰνῆσαι” P. 4.139εἰμὶ δ' ἄσχολος ἀναθέμεν P. 8.29
ἐμοὶ δὲ θαυμάσαι θεῶν τελεσάντων οὐδέν ποτε φαίνεται ἔμμεν ἄπιστον P. 10.50
καὶ τὸ σιγᾶν πολλάκις ἐστὶ σοφώτατον ἀνθρώπῳ νοῆσαι N. 5.18
αἰδοῖος μὲν ἦν ἀστοῖς ὁμιλεῖν I. 2.37
c impersonal.ἀλλὰ μοιρίδιον ἦν P. 1.55
2 c. pred. subs.ἦν Τάνταλος οὗτος O. 1.55
Σικελίας ἔσαν ὀφθαλμός O. 2.9
εἰ δ' εἴη μὲν Ὀλυμπιονίκας, τίνα κεν φύγοι ὕμνον; O. 6.4Φοίβου γὰρ αὐτὸν φᾶ γεγάκειν πατρός, περὶ θνατῶν δ' ἔσεσθαι μάντιν ἐπιχθονίοις ἔξοχον O. 6.50
ἐσσὶ γὰρ ἄγγελος ὀρθός ( εεσι Π: ἔστι vel εἶσι Wi<*>.) O. 6.90ἐκέλευσεν νεῦσαι μιν ἑᾷ κεφαλᾷ ἐξοπίσω γέρας ἔσσεσθαι O. 7.68
“ φάτο δΕὐρύπυλος ἔμμεναι” P. 4.34 “ οὐδὲ μὰν χαλκάρματός ἐστι πόσις Ἀφροδίτας” P. 4.87 “Ποίαν γαῖαν, ὦ ξεῖν, εὔχεαι πατρίδ' ἔμμεν;” P. 4.98 “ καρτερὸς ὅρκος ἄμμιν μάρτυς ἔστω Ζεὺς” P. 4.167ἐσσὶ δ' ἰατὴρ ἐπικαιρότατος P. 4.270
βασιλεὺς ἐσσὶ P. 5.16
Λαπιθᾶν ὑπερόπλων τουτάκις ἦν βασιλεύς P. 9.14
φίλτατον παρθενικαὶ πόσιν ἢ υἱὸν εὔχοντ, ὦ Τελεσίκρατες, ἔμμεν (sc. σε) P. 9.100πάτραν ἵν' ἀκούομεν, Τιμάσαρχε, τεὰν ἐπινικίοισιν ἀοιδαῖς πρόπολον ἔμμεναι N. 4.79
οὐκ ἀνδριαντοποιός εἰμ N. 5.1
ξεῖνός εἰμι N. 7.61
φαῖμέν κε γείτον' ἔμμεναι νόῳ φιλήσαντ ἀτενέι γείτονι χάρμα πάντων ἐπάξιον N. 7.87
ἀρχοὶ δοὐκ ἔτ' ἔσαν Ταλαοῦ παῖδες N. 9.14
οὐ θαῦμα σφίσιν ἐγγενὲς ἔμμεν ἀεθληταῖς ἀγαθοῖσιν N. 10.51
πάμπαν θεὸς ἔμμεναι οἰκεῖν τ' οὐρανῷ N. 10.58
“ ἐσσί μοι υἱός” (Snell ἔσσι) N. 10.80φαίης κέ νιν ἄνδρ' ἐν ἀεθληταῖσιν ἔμμεν Ναξίαν πέτραις ἐν ἄλλαις χαλκοδάμαντ ἀκόναν I. 6.72
τί ἔλπεαι σοφίαν ἔμμεν (Bergk: εἶναι Stobaeus: om. Clem. Alex.) fr. 61. 1. ἐν ξυνῷ κεν εἴη συμπόταισίν τε γλυκερὸν κέντρον fr. 124. 2. εὐδαιμόνων δραπέτας οὐκ ἔστιν ὄλβος fr. 134. φὰν δ' ἔμμεναι Ζηνὸς υἱοὶ καὶ κλυτοπώλου Ποσειδάωνος fr. 243. as inf. of purpose,ποτὶ γραμμᾷ μὲν αὐτὰν στᾶσε κοσμήσαις, τέλος ἔμμεν ἄκρον P. 9.118
Θέμιν Μοῖραι ἇγον σωτῆρος ἀρχαίαν ἄλοχον Διὸς ἔμμεν fr. 30. 6.3 emphatic, there is, areἐντὶ γὰρ ἄλλαι ὁδῶν ὁδοὶ περαίτεραι O. 9.104
ἐξ ὀνείρου δαὐτίκα ἦν ὕπαρ O. 13.67
ἔστι δὲ φῦλον ἐν ἀνθρώποισι ματαιότατον P. 3.21
δυσθρόου φωνᾶς ἀνακρινόμενον ποινὰ τίς ἔσται πρὸς θεῶν P. 4.63
ὅσαι τεἰσὶν ἐπιχωρίων καλῶν ἔσοδοι, τετόλμακε P. 5.116
ἀλλ' ἔσται χρόνος οὗτος, ὃ P. 12.30
ἔστι δ' ἐν εὐτυχίᾳ πανδοξίας ἄκρον N. 1.10
εἰ πόνος ἦν, τὸ τερπνὸν πλέον πεδέρχεται N. 7.74
ἐχθρὰ δ' ἄρα πάρφασις ἦν καὶ πάλαι N. 8.32
ἦν γε μὰν ἐπικώμιος ὕμνος δὴ πάλαι N. 8.50
ἔστι δέ τις λόγος ἀνθρώπων N. 9.6
ἔστι δὲ καὶ κόρος ἀνθρώπων βαρὺς ἀντιάσαι N. 10.20
“ τίς δὴ λύσις ἔσσεται πενθέων;” N. 10.77 οὐ γὰρ ἦν πενταέθλιον (Calliergus; ἦεν, ἦς codd.) I. 1.26ἔστιν δ' ἀφάνεια τύχας καὶ μαρναμένων I. 4.31
τέθμιόν μοι φαμὶ σαφέστατον ἔμμεν τάνδ' ἐπιστείχοντα νᾶσον ῥαινέμεν εὐλογίαις (Boeckh: εἶναι codd.) I. 6.20οὐδ' ἔστιν οὕτω βάρβαρος οὔτε παλίγγλωσσος πόλις ἅτις οὐ Πηλέος ἀίει κλέος I. 6.24
]ον τέλος [ἔς]ται[ (ἔσσεται Σ̆{im}) Πα. 7C. 6. ἦν γάρ τι παλαίφατον[ fr. 140a. 69. “ἦν διακρῖναι ἰδόντ' λτ;οὐγτ; πολλὸς ἐν καιρῷ χρόνος” fr. 168. 6. χρυσέων βελέων ἐντὶ τραυματίαι ( ἔντι alii) fr. 223.4 c. dat. (= ἔχω.) πολλά μοι ὑπ' ἀγκῶνος ὠκέα βέλη ἔνδον ἐντὶ φαρέτρας (= ἐστί Boeckh, wrongly) O. 2.84 ἔστι δὲ καί τι θανόντεσσιν μέρος κὰν νόμονἐρδόμενον O. 8.77
πλατεῖαι πάντοθεν λογίοισιν ἐντὶ πρόσοδοι νᾶσον εὐκλέα τάνδε κοσμεῖν N. 6.45
εἴη μή ποτέ μοι τοιοῦτον ἦθος, Ζεῦ πάτερ N. 8.35
“ ἔστι σοι τούτων λάχος” N. 10.85ἔστι δὲ καὶ διδύμων ἀέθλων Μελίσσῳ μοῖρα πρὸς εὐφροσύναν τρέψαι γλυκεῖαν ἦτορ I. 3.9
ἔστι μοι θεῶν ἕκατι μυρία παντᾷ κέλευθος I. 4.1
“ἔσσεταί τοι παῖς, ὃν αἰτεῖς, ὦ Τελαμών” I. 6.52 cf. also O. 12.1—2.5 be (situated)τοῖσι μὲν ἐξεύχετἐν ἄστει Πειράνας σφετέρου πατρὸς ἀρχὰν καὶ βαθὺν κλᾶρον ἔμμεν O. 13.62
ἄτερθε δὲ πρὸ δωμάτων ἕτεροι λαχόντες Ἀίδαν βασιλέες ἱεροὶ ἐντί P. 5.98
ἐχρῆν δέ τιν' ἔνδον ἄλσει παλαιτάτῳ Αἰακιδᾶν κρεόντων τὸ λοιπὸν ἔμμεναι N. 7.45
ἐντί τοι φίλιπποί ταὐτόθι καὶ κτεάνων ψυχὰς ἔχοντες κρέσσονας ἄνδρες N. 9.32
κατ' Ὄλυμπον ἄλοχος Ἥβα τελείᾳ παρὰ ματέρι βαίνοισ ἔστι, καλλίστα θεῶν N. 10.18
cf. B. 1.6 be, come to passὤρνυεν κάρυκας ἐόντα πλόον φαινέμεν παντᾷ P. 4.170
“χὤ τι μέλλει χὠπόθεν ἔσσεται, εὖ καθορᾷς” P. 9.497 c. gen.a of origin: be descended (from) κείνων δ' ἔσαν χαλκάσπιδες ὑμέτεροι πρόγονοι ( ἔσσαν byz.: ἦσαν Σ̆{1}, Turyn) O. 9.54b possessive: be of, belong toγνόντα τὸ πὰρ ποδός, οἵας εἰμὲν αἴσας P. 3.60
ἔντι μὲν χρυσαλακάτου τεκέων Λατοῦς ἀοιδαὶ ὥριαι παιάνιδες. ἔντι[ (edd.: ἕντι codex: ἐντὶ legendum) Θρ. 3. 1—2. cf. I. 4.318 c. ἐκ, ἀπό.a be, come fromχρὴ δ' ἀπ Ἀθανᾶν τέκτον ἀεθληταῖσιν ἔμμεν N. 5.49
τὸ γάρ ἐστι μόνον ἐκ θεῶν fr. 131b. 2.b be born ofυἱὸς Δανάας· τὸν ἀπὸ χρυσοῦ φαμὲν αὐτορύτου ἔμμεναι P. 12.18
B part.1 pres. part.a [† ἅμα (codd.: ἐόντα Maas) O. 1.104]θεὸς ἐπίτροπος ἐὼν O. 1.106
ἐμὲ πρόφαντον σοφίᾳ ἐόντα O. 1.116
οὔτε δύσηρις ἐὼν οὔτ' ὦν φιλόνικος O. 6.19
ὡραῖος ἐὼν καὶ καλὸς O. 9.94
οἷος ἐὼν θρέψενποτὲ P. 3.5
Ἰόλαον ὑμνητὸν ἐόντα P. 11.61
ἐὼν καλὸς ἔρδων τ' ἐοικότα μορφᾷ N. 3.19
Τελαμὼν Ἰόλᾳ παραστάτας ἐὼν N. 3.37
Ἀχιλεὺς παῖς ἐὼν ἄθυρε N. 3.44
κεῖνος γὰρ Ὀλυμπιόνικος ἐὼν N. 6.17
πομπαῖς θεμισκόπον οἰκεῖν ἐόντα πολυθύτοις N. 7.47
εἰ γάρ σφίσιν ἐμπεδοσθενέα βίοτον διαπλέκοις εὐδαίμον' ἐόντα N. 7.100
θυμὸς ἄτολμος ἐών N. 11.32
Ἰφικλέος μὲν παῖς ὁμόδαμος ἐὼν Σπαρτῶν γένει I. 1.30
ἐὼν καλὸς I. 2.4
θεότιμος ἐών I. 6.13
]βαρβι[τί]ξαι θυμὸν ἀμβλὺν ὄντα καὶ φωνὰν ἐν οἴνῳ[ (forma valde dubia: v.l. ἀμβλύνοντα) fr. 124d.b where the part. is concessive.σὺν δ' ἀνάγκᾳ μιν φίλον καί τις ἐὼν μεγαλάνωρ ἔσανεν P. 1.52
καὶ φθινόκαρπος ἐοῖσα διδοῖ ψᾶφον P. 4.265
καὶ πολυκλείταν περ ἐοῖσαν ὅμως Θήβαν ἐπασκήσει fr. 194. 4.c where the part. is conditional.ἀξιωθείην κεν, ἐὼν Θρασύκλου Ἀντία τε σύγγονος, Ἄργει μὴ κρύπτειν φάος ὀμμάτων N. 10.39
d followingφαίνομαι. θαυμαστὸς ἐὼν φάνη O. 9.96
ἀπειρομάχας ἐών κε φανείη λόγον ὁ μὴ συνιείς N. 4.30
cf. P. 4.170e c. adv., being (situated) cf. A. 5 supra.εὐθὺν δὲ πλόον καμάτων ἐκτὸς ἐόντα δίδοι O. 6.104
εἶδον γὰρ ἑκὰς ἐὼν P. 2.54
ἐὼν δ' ἐγγὺς Ἀχαιὸς οὐ μέμψεταί μ ἀνήρ N. 7.64
“ ἥμισυ μέν κε πνέοις γαίας ὑπένερθεν ἐὼν” N. 10.87f subs., n. pl., goods, possessionsοὐκ ἔραμαι πολὺν ἐν μεγάρῳ πλοῦτον κατακρύψαις ἔχειν, ἀλλ' ἐόντων εὖ τε παθεῖν N. 1.32
]ἑκὰς ἐόντων Pae. 4.35
m. pl., living ( φάμα)· ἅ τε ὤπασεν τοιάδε τῶν τότ' ἐόντων φύλλ ἀοιδᾶν (ὡς ἄλλων ἐγκωμιακότων ποιητῶν. Σ.) I. 4.272 fut. part.aἀμφὶ πράξιος ἐσσομένας O. 12.8
b subs.τά τ' ἐσσόμενα τότ ἂν φαίην σαφές O. 13.103
ἐσσόμενον προιδεῖν συγγενὲς οἷς ἕπεται N. 1.27
C various impersonal usages.a in wishes, εἴη c. (dat., acc. &) inf.εἴη σέ τε πατεῖν, ἐμέ τε ὁμιλεῖν O. 1.115
εἴη, Ζεῦ, τὶν εἴη ἀνδάνειν P. 1.29
φίλον εἴη φιλεῖν P. 2.83
ἁδόντα δεἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν P. 2.96
( ῥῆμα)τό μοι θέμεν Κρονίδᾳ τε Δὶ καὶ Νεμέᾳ Τιμασάρχου τε πάλᾳ ὕμνου προκώμιον εἴη N. 4.11
εἴη μιν ἔρνεσι φράξαι χεῖρα I. 1.64
εἴη δὲ τρίτον σωτῆρι πορσαίνοντας Ὀλυμπίῳ Αἴγιναν κάτα σπένδειν μελιφθόγγοις ἀοιδαῖς I. 6.7
εἴη καὶ ἐρᾶν καὶ ἔρωτι χαρίζεσθαι κατὰ καιρόν fr. 127. 1.b c. adj., part. & inf.ἔστι δἀνδρὶ φάμεν ἐοικὸς ἀμφὶ δαιμόνων καλά O. 1.35
ἦν ὅτι νιν πεπρωμένον ἀμπνεῦσαι καπνόν O. 8.33
θέσφατον ἦν Πελίαν θανέμεν P. 4.71
φαντὶ δἔμμεν τοῦτ' ἀνιαρότατον, καλὰ γινώσκοντ ἀνάγκα ἐκτὸς ἔχειν πόδα P. 4.287
ἔστι δἐοικὸς ὀρειᾶν γε Πελειάδων μὴ τηλόθεν ὠαρίωνα νεῖσθαι N. 2.10
συμβαλεῖν μὰν εὐμαρὲς ἦν τό τε Πεισάνδρου πάλαι αἷμἀπὸ Σπάρτας N. 11.33
πεπρωμένον ἦν, φέρτερον πατέρος ἄνακτα γόνον τεκεῖν ποντίαν θεόν I. 8.32
c = ἔξεστι,c acc. & inf. εἰ γὰρ ἦν ἓ τὰν ἀλάθειαν ἰδέμεν ( ἑὰν codd. Σγρ: ἐὰν Σγρ: ἓ τὰν Boeckh) N. 7.24 οὐκ ἔστι πρόσωθεν θνατὸν ἔτι σκοπιᾶς ἄλλας ἐφάψασθαι ποδοῖν (Böhmer: οὐκέτι πόρσω, οὐκ ἔστι πρόσω codd.) N. 9.47d c. dat. (& inf.?): it is one's duty ἔστι μοι πατρίδ' ἀρχαίαν κτενὶ Πιερίδ[ων (supp. Lobel: ἀγάλλειν supp. Snell, e. g.) fr. 215. 5.e ἔστιν ὅτε, ἦν ὅτε, there is, was a time when ἦν ὅτε σύας Βοιώτιον ἔθνος ἔνεπον fr. 83. subordinate verb suppressed: ἔστιν ἀνθρώποις ἀνέμων ὅτε πλείστα χρῆσις, ἔστι δοὐρανίων ὑδάτων sometimes O. 11.1—2. ἔσθ' ὅτε πιστόταται σιγᾶς ὁδοί fr. 180.f οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως, it is impossible that οὐ γὰρ ἔσθ' ὅπως τὰ θεῶν βουλεύματ ἐρευνάσει βροτέᾳ φρενί fr. 61. 3. D dub. † ἔστι δέ τοι χέκωνκακίει καπνός ( ἔτι coni. Heyne) fr. 185. fragg. ]έμμεν ἁλίῳ κυ[ Pae. 6.149
ἔσσεται γὰρ ἁδυ[ Pae. 21.13
]ὅτ' ἦσαν [fr. 111a. 3. ἐμμεν[ ?fr. 338. 3. -
33 εἶμι
εἶμι (A ibo), [ per.] 2sg.εἶ S. Tr.83
, Ar.Av. 990, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ,εἶσθα Il. 10.450
, Od.19.69; [ per.] 3sg. εἶσι; pl. ἴμεν, ἴτε, ἴᾱσι: imper. ἴθι (also εἶ in the compd. acc. to Sch., but prob. indic.), [ per.] 3pl. , Pl.Lg. 765a, alsoἴτων A.Eu.32
,ἰόντων Th.4.118
, etc.: subj. ἴω (εἴω Sophr.48
); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg.ἴῃσθα Il.10.67
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.ἴῃσι 9.701
; [dialect] Ep. pl. ἴομεν (for - ωμεν) 2.440: opt. ἴοιμι, οις, οι, 14.21, etc.;ἰοίην Sapph.159
, IG4.760 ([place name] Troezen), X.Smp.4.16, ([etym.] διεξ-) Isoc.5.98; [dialect] Ep.ἰείη Il.19.209
, cf.περι-ιεῖεν IG22.1126.18
(Amphict. Delph.),εἴη Il.24.139
, Od.14.496, ([place name] Crete): inf. ἰέναι, [dialect] Ep. ἴμεναι (ι in Il.20.365 ) or ἴμεν, alsoἰέμεν Archyt.
ap. Stob.3.1.106 (dub. l.), ἴναι [pron. full] [ῐ] Orac. ap. Str.9.2.23, (ἐξ-) Machoap.Ath.13.580c, cf. EM467.18 ( προς-εῖναι dub. in Hes. Op. 353): part. ἰών, ἰοῦσα, ἰόν: [tense] impf. ᾔειν, ᾔεις (,ἐπεξ-ῄεισθα Euthphr.4b
), ᾔει or - ειν Id.Ti. 38c, Criti. 117e; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἤϊα, [ per.] 3sg. ἤϊε ([etym.] - εν), [var] contr.ᾖε Od.18.257
; dual ; 1 and [ per.] 2pl., ᾖμεν, ᾖτε; [ per.] 3pl., [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἤϊσαν, [dialect] Ep. also ἴσαν, [dialect] Att. ᾖσαν ([etym.] μετ-) Ar.Eq. 605, cf. Fr. 161, ([etym.] ἐπ-) Od.19.445, later ᾔεσαν ([etym.] εἰς-) Arist.Ath.32.1, etc.; also [ per.] 3sg.ἴε Il.2.872
, al.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl.ᾔομεν Od.10.251
, al., [ per.] 3 dualἴτην Il.1.347
; [ per.] 3pl.ἤϊον Od.23.370
:—[voice] Med. [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. ἴεμαι, ἰέμην are mere mistakes for ἵεμαι, ἱέμην (from ἵημι), cf. S.OT 1242, E.Supp. 698:—for [tense] fut. εἴσομαι and [tense] aor. [voice] Med. εἰσάμην, in [ per.] 3sg. εἴσατο, ἐείσατο, [ per.] 3 dual ἐεισάσθην, v. εἴσομαι 11.—The ind. εἶμι usu. has [tense] pres. sense in Hom. ([tense] fut., Il.1.426, 18.280), but in [dialect] Ion. Prose and [dialect] Att. it serves as [tense] fut. to ἔρχομαι (q. v.), I shall go, shall come: the [tense] pres. sense is sts. found in Poetry, prov. αὐτόματοι δ' ἀγαθοὶ ἀγαθῶν ἐπὶ δαῖτας ἴασι (cf. Pl.Smp. 174b), cf. Theoc.25.90, also in compds. ( προς-) A.Eu. 242, (ἐπ-) Th.4.61, ( συν-) Str.3.2.2. [[pron. full] ῐ- in all tenses, exc. in [dialect] Ep. Subj. ἴομεν for ἴωμεν at the beginning of a verse]:— come or go, the special senses being given by the context, οἴκαδ' ἴμεν go home, Il.17.155;τάχ' εἶσθα θύραζε Od.19.69
, etc.; come,οὐδέ μιν οἴω νῦν ἰέναι Il.17.710
, etc.; go, depart, Od.2.367;ὑπὸ τεῖχος ἰόντας Il.12.264
.II c.acc.,2 c. acc. cogn., ὁδὸν ἰέναι go a road, Od.10.103; so τὴν ὀρεινήν (sc. ὁδόν) X.Cyr. 2.4.22: metaph.,ἄδικον ὁδὸν ἰέναι Th.3.64
.3 go through or over, τὸ μέσον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, of the sun, Hdt.2.25, cf. 26: in Hom., freq. c. gen., ἰὼν πεδίοιο going across the plain, Il.5.597.III c. inf. [tense] aor.,ἀλλά τις εἴη εἰπεῖν Ἀτρεΐδῃ Od.14.496
.—On the Homeric βῆ δ' ἴμεν, etc., v. βαίνω.2 c. part. [tense] fut., Ἑλένην καλέουσ' ἴε went to call her, Il.3.383, cf. 14.200, Od.15.213; ἤϊα λέξων I was going to tell, Hdt.4.82; ;εἴ τις ἱστορίαν γράψων ἴῃ Luc. Hist.Conscr.39
.IV also of other motions besides walking or running, as of going in a ship, esp.ἐπὶ νηὸς ἰέναι Od.2.332
, etc.; of the flight of bees, Il.2.87.2 of the motion of things, [πέλεκυς] εἶσιν διὰ δουρός the axe goes through the beam, 3.61; of clouds or vapour, 4.278; of the stars, 22.317; of time, ἔτος εἶσι the year will pass, Od. 2.89; φάτις εἶσι the report goes, 23.362;χρόνος.. ἰὼν πόρσω Pi.O.10
(11).55; ἴτω κλαγγά, βοά, S.Tr. 208 (lyr.), Ar.Av. 857 (lyr.); , cf.Pl.Ap. 19a.V metaph. usages, ἰέναι ἐς λόγους τινί to enter on a conference with.., Th.3.80, etc.; ἰέναι ἐς τοὺς πολέμους, ἐς τὴν ξυμμαχίαν, Id.1.78, 5.30; ἰέναι ἐς χεῖρας to come to blows, Id.2.3, 81; ἰέναι ἐς τὰ παραγγελλόμενα to obey orders, Id.1.121;διὰ δίκης ἰὼν πατρί S.Ant. 742
; ἰέναι διὰ μάχης, διὰ φιλίας, etc., v. διά A.IV.b.VI imper. ἴθι (with or without δή) come now! mostly folld. by [ per.] 2sg. imper.,ἴ. ἐξήγεο Hdt.3.72
; ἴθ' ἐγκόνει, ἴθ' ἐκκάλυψον, S.Aj. 988, 1003;ἴ. πέραινε Ar.Ra. 1170
; in full, ἴ. καὶ πειρῶ go and try, Hdt.8.57: with [ per.] 1pl.,ἴ. οὖν ἐπισκεψώμεθα X.Mem.1.6.4
, cf. Pl. Prt. 332d;ἴτε δὴ ἀκούσωμεν Id.Lg. 797d
: [ per.] 2 dual,ἴθι δὴ παρίστασθον Ar.Ra. 1378
: also [ per.] 2pl.,ἴτε νεύσατε S.OC 248
, cf. OT 1413.VII part. added to Verbs, φρονείτω μεῖζον ἢ κατ' ἄνδρ' ἰών let him go and think.., S.Ant. 768, cf. OC 1393, Aj. 304;βακχεύσεις ἰών E.Ba. 343
.—Cf. ἴσκω. -
34 κοινός
A common (opp. ἴδιος), not in Hom. (v. ξυνός) ; ἐκ κοινοῦ shared in common, Hes.Op. 723;ἔσται γὰρ βίος ἐκ κ. Ar.Ec. 610
; of a common altar, Simon.140;τὸ τέμενος εἶναι κ. SIG1044.29
(Halic., iv/iii B.C.);κ. ἔρχεται κῦμ' Ἀΐδα Pi.N.7.30
; τρεῖς.. κ. ὄμμ' ἐκτημέναι, of the Gorgons, A.Pr. 795; κ. ὠφέλημα θνητοῖσιν φανείς, of Prometheus, ib. 613;τὰς γυναῖκας εἶναι κοινάς Pl. R. 457d
: prov.,κοινὸν τύχη A.Fr. 389
, cf. Men.Mon. 356;κοινὰ τὰ τῶν φίλων E.Or. 735
(troch.), Pl.Phdr. 279c, Men.9, etc.; κ. Ἑρμῆς 'share the luck', Id.Epit.67, 100; κ. ἀρωγά common aid (i.e. for all), S.Ph. 1145 (lyr.); ἐν δὲ κοινὸς ἀρσένων ἴτω κλαγγά and let the shouts of males rise jointly, Id.Tr. 207 (lyr.);κ. πόλεμον πολεμεῖν X.Hier.2.8
;τὸν ἀέρα τὸν κ. Men.531.8
;κ. τὸν ᾅδην ἔσχον οἱ πάντες βροτοί Id.538.8
;κ. ἀγαθὸν τοῦτ' ἐστί, χρηστὸς εὐτυχῶν Id.791
: c. dat., κ. τινί common to or with another,ὑμῖν φῶς.. καὶ τοῖσδ' ἅπασι κ. A.Ag. 523
;ὁ δαίμων κ. ἦν ἀμφοῖν ἅμα Id.Th. 812
;θάλατταν κ. ἐᾶν τοῖς ἡττημένοις And.3.19
;οἰκία.. κοινοτάτη ἀεὶ τῷ δεομένῳ Id.1.147
; [πολιτεία] τίς κοινοτάτη; Arist.Pol. 1289b14, cf. 1265b29;κοινόν τι χαρᾷ καὶ λύπῃ δάκρυα X.HG7.1.32
;τὸν ἥλιον τὸν κ. ἡμῖν Men.611
: c. gen.,πάντων αἰθὴρ κ. φάος εἱλίσσων A.Pr. 1092
(anap.), cf. Pers. 132 (lyr.), Eu. 109, Pi.N.1.32; κ. τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων τε καὶ Ἀθηναίων shared in by both.., Pl.Mx. 241c, etc.: with Preps., τὸ ἐπὶ πᾶσι κ., v. infr. v;κ. κατ' ἀμφοτέρων A.D.Synt.144.19
;οὐ γίγνεταί μοί τι κ. πρός τινα AP11.141
(Lucill.), cf. Iamb.Myst.5.7; μέρος κ. πρός τινα shared with.., CPR22.11 (ii A.D.), etc.;κ. μεταξύ τινων Stud.Pal.1.7
ii 11 (v A.D.).II in social and political relations, public, general, τὸ κ. ἀγαθόν the common weal, Th.5.90;κ. λόγῳ Id.5.37
, Hdt.1.141; κ. στόλῳ ib. 170;ἀδικήματα D.21.45
;ὁ τῆς πόλεως κ. δήμιος Pl.Lg. 872b
; κοινότατον of public or general interest, ib. 724b, cf. Arist.Rh. 1354b29; of constitutions, popular, free,κοινοτέραν εἶναι τὴν ἐκείνου μοναρχίαν τῆς αὑτῶν δημοκρατίας Isoc.10.36
.2 τὸ κ. the state,τὸ κ. Σπαρτιητέων Hdt.1.67
: abs., of one's own state, Ar.Ec. 208, etc.;τὸ κ. ὠφελεῖται Antipho 3.2.3
, cf. X.Cyr.2.2.20;τὰς ὠφελείας ἅπασιν εἰς τὸ κ. ἀπεδίδου Isoc.10.36
.b esp. of leagues or federations,τὸ κ. τῶν Ἰώνων Hdt.5.109
;τῶν συμμάχων Isoc.14.21
;τῶν Βοιωτῶν SIG457.10
(Thespiae, iii B.C.), Plb.20.6.1 (pl.), etc.; ἄνευ τοῦ πάντων κοινοῦ (sc. τῶν Θεσσαλῶν) Th.4.78; also, of private associations, Test.Epict.1.22, SIG 1113 ([place name] Loryma), al.; of guilds or corporations,τὸ κ. τῶν τεκτόνων POxy.53.2
(iv A.D.); of boards of magistrates, τὸ κ. τῶν ἀρχόντων ib.54.12 (iii A.D.).c the government, public authorities, Th.1.90, 2.12, etc.;τὰ κ. Hdt.3.156
;ἀπαγγεῖλαι ἐπὶ τὰ κ. Th.5.37
; ἀπὸ τοῦ κ. by public authority, Hdt.5.85, 8.135; σὺν τῷ κ. by common consent, Id.9.87.d the public treasury,χρημάτων μεγάλων ἐν τῷ κ. γενομένων Id.7.144
;ἐν τῷ κ. καὶ ἐν τοῖς ίεροῖς Th.6.6
, cf. 17;χρήματα δοῦναι ἐκ τοῦ κ. Hdt.9.87
; ἔχειν ἐν κοινῷ (without the Art.), Th.1.80, cf. Sch.adloc.3 τὰ κ. public affairs: πρὸς τὰ κ. προσελθεῖν, προσιέναι, to enter public life, D. 18.257, Aeschin.1.165; but also, the public money, Ar.Pl. 569, D.8.23 (in full,τὰ κ. χρήματα X.HG6.5.34
, Arist.Pol. 1271b11); τὰ κ. τῆς πόλεως, opp. τὰ ἁγνά, BMus.Inscr.4.481*.383; ἀπὸ κοινοῦ at the public expense, X.An.4.7.27, 5.1.12; , cf. Antiph. 230; ἐκ κ. from common funds, at joint expense, PGrenf.1.21.19 (ii B.C.).III common, ordinary,τὰ κ. εἰδέναι Pl.Ax. 366b
;διὰ τῶν κ. ποιεῖσθαι τὰς πίστεις Arist.Rh. 1355a27
; κοινοτάτη τῶν αἰσθήσεων [ἡ ἁφή] Id.EN 1118b1; τὰ κ. commonplaces, Men.Sam.27, Epit. 309; soκ. τόπος Hermog.Prog.6
, Aphth.Prog.7; ἡ κ. ἔννοια or ἐπίνοια, Plb. 2.62.2, 6.5.2; κ. νοῦς, φρένες, common sense, Phld.Rh.1.37 S., 202 S.; κ. καὶ διήκουσαι κακίαι general and all-pervading vices, Id.Sign.28;κ. καὶ δημώδη ὀνόματα Longin.40.2
;κ. καὶ ἐν μέσῳ κείμενα ὀνόματα D.H.Lys.3
; ἡ κ. διάλεκτος every-day language (free from archaisms and far-fetched expressions), Id.Isoc.2;πεφευγὼς τὸ κ. Phld.Acad. Ind.p.53
M.2 Gramm., ordinary, 'regular' Greek, opp. special dialects, διάλεκτοί εἰσι πέντε, Ἀτθὶς Δωρὶς Αἰολὶς Ἰὰς καὶ κ. Sch.D.T. p.14 H., cf. D.S.1.16, Theodos.Can.p.37 H., etc.; ἡ κ. alone, A.D. Conj.223.24; τὸ κ. ἔθος, ἡ κ. ἐκφορά, Id.Adv.155.10, Pron.4.27; οἱ κ. the writers who use this language, Sch.D.T.p.469 H., EM405.23.c ἡ κ. διάλεκτος demotic Egyptian, Manethoap. J.Ap.1.14.4 in magical formulae, of words added at will by the user, ' and so forth', freq.in Pap., PMag.Osl.1.255, PMag.Par.1.273, al.; κοινὰ ὅσα θέλεις ib.2.53;ὁ κ. λόγος PMag.Lond.46.435
; cf. κοινολογία.IV of Persons, connected by common origin or kindred, esp.of brothers and sisters,κ. σπέρμα Pi.O.7.92
, cf.S.OT 261, OC 535 (lyr.);κ. αἷμα Id.Ant. 202
, cf. 1; κ. πατήρ, μήτηρ, PAmh.2.152.9(v/vi A.D.), PFlor.47.11 (iii A.D.); alsoκ. Χάριτες Pi.O.2.50
.2 one who shares in a thing, partner,ἐν θύμασιν κ. ποεῖσθαί τινα S.OT 240
;κ. ἐν κοινοῖσι λυπεῖσθαι Id.Aj. 267
, cf. Ar.V. 917; also κ. τῷ θεῷ belonging in part to the god (who claims tithe of his substance), Berl.Sitzb.1927.161 ([place name] Cyrene).3 lending a ready ear to all, impartial,μὴ οὐ κ. ἀποβῆτε Th.3.53
; neutral, ib.68; ;μέτριος καὶ κ. Arist.Ath.6.3
; κοινοί, οἱ, arbitrators, GDI1832.10 (Delph.);κ. μεσίτης PStrassb.41.14
(iii A.D.); of a capital city, δεῖ.. κοινὴν εἶναι τῶν τόπων ἁπάντων easily accessible on all sides, Arist.Pol. 1327a6.b courteous, affable, X. Cyn.13.9;κ. ἅπασι γενέσθαι Isoc.5.80
;τῇ πρὸς πάντας φιλανθρωπίᾳ κ. Democh.2
J.;ἔχειν τὰς κ. φρένας Phld.Rh.1.202
S.c in bad sense, κοινή, ἡ, prostitute, Vett.Val.119.30, Porph.Hist.Phil.12 (pl.).d of events, κοινότεραι τύχαι more impartial, i.e. more equal, chances, Th.5.102; ἔστιν ἐν τῷ κ. πᾶσι c. inf., And.2.6.V in Logic, general, universal, τὸ κ. λαμβάνειν περί τινων, τὸ ἐπὶ πᾶσι κ., Pl.Tht. 185b, 185c;τὰ κ. λεγόμενα ἀξιώματα Arist.APo. 76b14
; αἱ κ. ἀρχαί ib. 88a36; κ. ἔννοιαι axioms, heading in Euc.; general,κ. ὅρος Arist.Metaph. 987b6
; κοινὰ καὶ στοιχειώδη general principles, Phld.Rh.1.69S.; κ. σημεῖον, opp. ἴδιον, Id.Sign.14; κ. κρίσις objectively valid judgement, Id.Po.5.22;ὄνομα κ. Str.10.2.10
; abstract,ὁ κ. ἄνθρωπος καὶ λογισμῷ ληπτός Dam.Pr. 341
.VI Gramm.,1 κ. συλλαβή common syllable, capable of being long or short, D.T.633.17, Heph. 1.4.b κ. ποιήματα, poems which are both κατὰ στίχον and συστηματικά, e.g. the Sapphic stanza, Id.pp.58,59 C.; also, poems of ambiguous metrical form, Id.p.60 C.2 v.supr.111.2.3 of gender,κ. γένος D.T.634.19
; of nouns, A.D.Pron.30.7, al., EM143.33, 305.19, etc.4 ἀπὸ κοινοῦ λαμβάνειν, of two clauses taking a word in common, A.D.Synt.122.14, al.; κοινὸν or ἐκ κοινοῦ παραλαμβάνεσθαι, ib.20, 28, al.VII of forbidden meats, common, profane,φαγεῖν κ. καὶ ἀκάθαρτον Act.Ap.10.14
, cf. Ep.Rom.14.14;κ. χερσὶ ἐσθίειν Ev.Marc.7.2
.B Adv. κοινῶς in common, jointly, E. Ion 1462;τὰ κοινὰ κ. δεῖ φέρειν συμπτώματα Men.817
: [comp] Comp., ἐν Κρήτῃ -οτέρως [ἔχει τὰ τῶν συσσιτίων] Arist.Pol. 1272a16.3 sociably, like other citizens,οὐδὲ κ. οὐδὲ πολιτικῶς ἐβίωσαν Isoc.4.151
;ἴσως καὶ κ. πρός τινα προσφέρεσθαι Arist.Rh.Al. 1430a1
;κ. καὶ φιλικῶς Plu.Ant.33
; μετρίως καὶ κ. ὰσπάζεσθαι Id.Arat.43.4 in general, Diph.Siph. ap. Ath. 3.81a; ἡ κ. σύνεσις, τὸ κ. ἄνθρωπον", Phld.Vit.p.34J., Mort.38; opp. ἰδίως, Demetr.Lac.Herc.1014.41, Plu.Marc.8, cf. Longin.15.1;κοινότερον εἰπεῖν Phld.Rh.1.256
S.; - οτέρως Orib.Fr.93.6 in plain language, opp. σοφιστικῶς, Plu.2.659f; in the ordinary or wide sense, opp. κυρίως, Them.in APo.5.5: [comp] Comp., M.Ant. 2.10.II fem. dat. [full] κοινῇ; [dialect] Dor. [full] κοινᾷ SIG56.11 (Argos, v B.C.); [dialect] Boeot. [full] κυνῆ ib.635.31 (Acraeph., ii B.C.):—in common, by common consent, Hdt.1.148, 3.79, S.OT 606, OC 1339, E.Hipp. 731, Th.1.3, etc.;κ. πᾶσι καὶ χωρίς Arist.Pol. 1278b23
, cf. Ath.40.3; κ. μετά τινος, κ. σύν τινι, Pl.Smp. 209c, SIG346.27 (iv B.C.), X.Mem.1.6.14, etc.;ἰδίᾳ τε καὶ κ. Alex.291
: also neut.pl..3 as Prep. c. dat., together with, E. Ion 1228, Hel. 829, Fr. 823.III with Preps., εἰς κοινόν in common, in public,ὑμῖν τῇδέ τ' ἐς κ. φράσω A.Pr. 844
;πᾶσιν ἐς κ. λέγω Id.Eu. 408
, cf.Ar.Av. 457 (lyr.), Pl.Lg. 796e;εἰς κ. γνώμην ἀποφαίνεσθαι D.19.156
; εἰς τὸ κ. λέγειν, ἀγορεύειν, Pl.Tht. 165a, X. An.5.6.27; εἰς τὸ κ. for public use, Pl.Lg. 681c.2 ἀπὸ κοινοῦ, ἐκ κοινοῦ, v.A.1.1, 11.3, VI.4.3 ἀφεῖσαν ἐν κοινῷ ζητεῖν, Lat. rem in medio reliquerunt, Arist.Metaph. 987b14; but οἱ ἐν κ. γιγνόμενοι λόγοι, = οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λόγοι, Id.de An. 407b29.4 κατὰ κοινόν, opp. κατ' ἰδίαν, jointly, in common, Lexap.D.21.94, Plb.4.3.5; prob. forκατὰ κοινοῦ Id.11.30.3
. -
35 κόπτω
Aκόψω Hippon.83
, Men.Pk.64, etc.: [tense] aor. ἔκοψα, [dialect] Ep.κόψα Il.13.203
: [tense] pf. κέκοφα (ἐκ-) X.HG6.5.37, ( περι-) Lys.14.42, ( συγ-) Pl.Tht. 169b; [dialect] Ep. part.κεκοπώς Il.13.60
(v.l. -φώς, -πών), Od.18.335:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. : [tense] aor.ἐκοψάμην Hdt.4.166
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. κεκόψομαι ( ἀπο-) Ar.Nu. 1125, (ἐκ-) Id.Ra. 1223, ( κατα-) X.An.1.5.16, , Gal.13.759: [tense] aor. , Ar.Ra. 723, Th.8.13: [tense] pf. :— cut, strike,1 smite,ο' ἀμφὶ κάρη κεκοπὼς χερσὶ στιβαρῇσι Od.18.335
: c. dupl. acc., κόψε δὲ παπτήναντα παρήϊον smote him on the cheek, Il.23.690.2 smite with weapons,κόπτοντες δούρεσσι μετάφρενον Od.8.528
;τοῖσι Πέρσῃσι εἵποντο κόπτοντες Hdt.6.113
: metaph. in [voice] Pass., with play on words,αἰεὶ κόπτῃ ῥήμασι καὶ κοπίσιν AP11.335
.3 smite, slaughter an animal with an axe or mallet,κόψας ἐξόπιθεν κεράων βοός Il.17.521
, cf. Od.14.425, X.An.2.1.6; in Trag., A.Ag. 1278, Eu. 635, E.El. 838.4 cut off, chop off,κεφαλὴν ἀπὸ δειρῆς κόψεν Il.13.203
;χεῖράς τ' ἠδὲ πόδας κόπτον Od.22.477
;κ. [τὰ γέρρα] ταῖς μαχαίραις X.An.4.6.26
; κ. δένδρα cut down or fell trees, Th.2.75, X. HG5.2.39,43; κ. τὴν χώραν lay it waste, ib.3.2.26, 4.6.5:—in [voice] Pass., of ships, to be shattered, disabled by the enemy, Th.4.14,8.13:—metaph.,φρενῶν κεκομμένος A.Ag. 479
(lyr.); τὸν ὕπνον ἁ φροντὶς κόπτοισα preventing, Theoc.21.28; [πνεῦμα] κοπτόμενον being suddenly stopped, arrested, Arist.Mete. 367a10.5 strike, beat a horse, to make him go faster,κόψε δ' Ὀδυσσεὺς τόξῳ Il.10.513
; also σκηπανίῳ Γαιήοχος ἀμφοτέρω (sc. Αἴαντε)κεκοπὼς πλῆσεν μένεος 13.60
.6 hammer, forge,κόπτε δὲ δεσμούς 18.379
, Od.8.274; later, stamp metal, i.e. coin money,κ. νόμισμα IG12(5).480.11
(Siphnos, Athenian Law), Xenoph.4, Hdt.3.56:—[voice] Med., coin oneself money, order to be coined,κ. χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου νόμισμα Id.1.94
, cf. 4.166:—[voice] Pass., of money, to be stamped or coined, [νομίσμασιν] μόνοις ὀρθῶς κοπεῖσι Ar.Ra. 723
, cf. 726.7 knock or rap at, , Pl. 1097, And. 1.41, X.HG5.4.7, Men.Epit. 538, Phld.Vit.p.30 J., Plu.Alc.8, etc.; without θύραν, οὗτος, τί κόπτεις; Ar.Ec. 976.8 pound, bray in a mortar,κυπἐρου κεκομμένου Hdt.4.71
; ἀσταφίδα κεκ. Alex.127.4; ἔλαιον κεκ., i.e. pure oil, LXX 3 Ki.5.11.9 knock, dash about,τὸ ὕδωρ ὅταν κοπῇ Pl.Ti. 60b
;κόνις.. κοπτομένη.. ὑφ' ἅρμασι Hes. Sc.63
;θάλασσα κοπτομένη πνοιαῖς Theoc.22.16
.10 of birds, peck, Arist.HA 609b5; ὁ ἁλιάετος.. τὰ λιμναῖα κ. preys on the lagoon life, ib. 593b24; σπειρὴν κ. peck at, Arat.449; of fish, gnaw, Arist.HA 620b17; of a snake, strike, Il.12.204:—[voice] Pass., of wood or seeds, to be worm-eaten, Thphr.HP3.18.5, 8.11.2.b munch, masticate, dub. in Chionid.6.11 ὁ ἵππος κ. τὸν ἀναβάτην jars his rider by his paces, X.Eq.1.4:—[voice] Pass., ib.8.7, Hp.Aër.21.12 κ. ὄνους dress, prepare mill-stones for use, Alex.13; set, sharpen, Herod.6.84:—[voice] Med., AP 11.253 (Lucill.).13 metaph., tire out, weary,μήθ' ὑμῖν ἐνοχλῶ μήτ' ἐμαυτὸν κ. D.Prooem.29
, cf. Alciphr.2.3;λέγων φαίνου τι δὴ καινὸν.., ἢ μὴ κόπτε με Hegesipp.1.3
, cf. Sosip.1.20;μὴ κόπτ' ἔμ', ἀλλὰ τὰ κρέα Alex.173.12
;κ. τὴν ἀκρόασιν D.H.Comp.19
;κ. τὰ ὦτα Poll.6.119
;κ. ἐρωτήμασιν ἀκαίροις Plu.Phoc.7
, cf. Moer.p.74 P.:—[voice] Pass., to be worn out, .II [voice] Med. κόπτομαι, beat or strike oneself, beat one's breast or head through grief,κεφαλὴν δ' ὅ γε κόψατο χερσίν Il.22.33
, cf. Hdt.2.121.δ (also [voice] Act. τί κόπτεις τὴν κεφαλήν; Men.Her.4);κόπτεσθαι μέτωπα Hdt.6.58
(with μαχαίρῃσι added 2.61): abs., Pl.Phd. 60b, R. 619c: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass., [πόλις] κέκοπται A.Pers. 683
:—[voice] Act. c. acc. cogn.,ἐκοψα κομμὸν Ἄριον Id.Ch. 423
(lyr.).2 κόπτεσθαί τινα mourn for any one,κόπτεσθ' Ἄδωνιν Ar.Lys. 396
, cf. Ev.Luc.8.52; but alsoἐπί τινα Apoc.1.7
, 18.9 (v.l. αὐτῇ). (Cf. Lith. kapóti, Lett. kapāt 'chop small', 'beat', 'stamp', Lat. capo 'capon', perh. σκέπαρνον.) -
36 κωλύω
A (anap.), Pl.Mx. 244c; [tense] pf.κεκώλῡκα Din.1.101
, Phld.Rh.2.63 S.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.κωλυθήσομαι LXX Si.20.2(1)
, Luc.VH2.25: also in med. form - ύσομαι Th.1.142: [tense] aor.ἐκωλύθην Id.2.64
, etc.: [tense] pf. κεκώλῡμαι ib.37. [[pron. full] ῡ always before a conson.: common before a vowel,κωλῡόμεσθα E. Ion 391
, , κωλῠεν Pi.P.4.33,κώλῠει Alc.55
( = Sapph.22 Lobel), Ar.Eq. (v.infr.), Fr. 100, Anaxil.25, Men.Epit.10.]:—hinder, prevent:—Constr.:1 c. acc. et inf.,κ. ἐκρέειν τὸν Νεῖλον Hdt. 2.20
; κώλυεν [μιν] μεῖναι Pi.l.c.; τί δῆτα καὶ σὲ κωλύει < λαβεῖν> κέρδος; E.Fr. 794, cf. IT 507, etc.;ὅς σε κ. τὸ δρᾶν S.Ph. 1241
;φεύγειν οὐδεὶς κ. νόμος D.23.52
: with neg. added (rare in [dialect] Att. Prose),κ. τινὰ μὴ θανεῖν E.Ph. 1268
;μὴ προσεύχεσθαι X.HG3.2.22
, etc.:— [voice] Pass.,χρημάτων σπάνει Th.1.142
; τοῦ ὕδατος πιεῖν from drinking the water, Pl.R. 621b; ;μὴ οὐ πονηρὸν εἶναι D.H.2.3
.b rarely c. part. pro inf.,κ. τινὰ πόλεμον εἰσάγοντα Id.7.25
:—[voice] Pass.,μὴ κωλύωνται περαιούμενοι Th.1.26
.c with relat. clause, κωλύειν εἴ τις ἐπαγγέλλεται, = τινὰ μὴ ἐπαγγέλλεσθαι, D.4.15; ἐκωλύσαμεν, ἵνα γένησθε .. J.BJ6.6.2.2 c. gen. rei, κ. τινά τινος hinder one from a thing, X.HG3.2.21, An.1.6.2, etc.;κ. τινὰ ἀπό τινος Id.Cyr.1.3.11
, 3.3.51:—[voice] Pass.,τῆς ὁρμῆς ἐκωλύθησαν Plb.6.55.3
.3 c. acc. rei, prevent, E.IA 1390 (troch.), X.An.4.2.24:—[voice] Pass., , cf. 4.14;ταῦτα.. μὴ ἐν ὑμῖν κωλυθῇ Id.2.64
; μηδὲ.. δαπάνῃ κεκωλύσθω let there be no hindrance by reason of expense, Id.1.129.4 c. acc. pers., hinder, Th.1.35;τοὺς δρῶντας μοχθηρά Arist.EN 1113b26
.5 abs.,οὐδ' ὁ κωλύσων παρῆν S.Ant. 261
, cf. El. 1197;εἴσ' οἳ κωλύουσιν Ar. Pax 499
; of the tribune's intercessio, Plu.TG10; τὸ κωλῦον hindrance, X.An.4.5.20, D.1.12: freq. an inf. may be supplied, εἶτα τίς σε κωλύει (sc. γεωργεῖν); Ar.Fr. 100; αὐτοὶ ὠφελούμενοι τοὺς πολεμίους κωλύσετε [ὠφελεῖσθαι] Th.6.91, cf. 2.37 ([voice] Pass.).6 freq. in 3 pers., οὐδὲν κωλύει there is nothing to hinder, c. acc. et inf.,ὁμόψηφον τὸν Ἀργεῖον εἶναι κ. οὐδέν Hdt.7.149
;οὐδέν σε κωλύσει σεαυτὸν ἐμβαλεῖν ἐς τὸ βάραθρον Ar.Nu. 1448
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 268e;ὃν διαμάττειν οὐ κ. Ar.Av. 463
; τί κ. ἡμᾶς διελθεῖν; Pl.Tht. 143a, etc.; οὐδὲν κ., abs., as a form of assent, be it so, Ar.Eq. 723, 972, Pl.Euthd. 272d, etc.; τί γὰρ κ.; Id.Euthphr.9d, cf. Plt. 292a, al.;τό γ' ἐμὸν οὐδὲν κ. Id.Grg. 458d
;μὴ τὸ σὸν κωλυέτω E.Ph. 990
;οὐ τἀμὰ κωλύσει Plu.2.151c
, etc.; οὔτε ἐκεῖνο κωλύει ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς neither is that any hindrance, Th.1.144 (wrongly expld. as = κωλύεται by D.H.Amm.2.7); οὔτε μίαν δυοῖν τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι κ. nor is there any hindrance to one of two being the same, Arist.Ph. 202b9. -
37 μάλα
A very, exceedingly, prefixed or subjoined to Adjectives, Verbs, and Adverbs:1 strengthening the word with which it stands,a with Adjs., in Hom. most freq., μάλα πολλά very many, Od.1.1; μ. πᾶσα, μ. πάντα, every one, all together, Il.13.741, Od.2.306, etc.; μάλ' ἀσκηθής all unhurt, 5.26; ἀβληχρὸς μ. τοῖος quite gentle, 11.135; σαρδάνιον μ. τοῖον a quite sardonic smile, 20.302;μάλα μυρίοι 15.556
, 16.121, etc.; ἐμέο πρότερος μ. actually before me, Il.10.124; later, μ. φιλόσοφοι, πλάτανος μάλ' ἀμφιλαφής, etc., Pl.Prm. 126b, Phdr. 230b, etc.: strengthd., μ. δὴ πρεσβύτης very old, X.Cyr.8.7.1;μ. γέ τινες ὀλίγοι Pl.R. 531e
.b with Advs., πάγχυ μ., μ. πάγχυ, quite utterly, Il.12.165, 14.143;πάνυ μ. Pl.Phd. 80c
; εὖ μ. right well, Od.22.190, Pl.Phd. 92d, etc.;μάλα.. εὖ Od.23.175
, cf. Pl.Tht. 156a; μάλ' αὐτίκα (v. αὐτίκα) ; μάλ' αἰεί for ever and aye, Il.13.557, 23.717; ἄχρι μ. κνέφαος until quite dark, Od.18.370; μάλ' ὧδε just in this way, 6.258; μ. διαμπερές right through, Il.20.362; μ. μόλις (v. μόλις); to express repeated action,μάλ' αὖθις A.Ag. 1345
, Ch. 654; , etc.; μ. alone,ἔα, ἔα μ. A.Ch. 870
;οἲ μ. καὶ τόδ' ἀλγῶ Id.Pers. 1045
(lyr.); q. (soἄλλος πύργος.., καὶ ἕτερος μ. ἐπὶ τούτῳ Hdt. 1.181
, cf. 7.186): freq. afterκαί, αὗταί σ' ὁδηγήσουσι καὶ μάλ' ἀσμένως A.Pr. 728
, cf. Ch. 879: with neg., μάλ' οὐ, μάλ' οὔ πως, Il.2.241, Od. 5.103;οὐ μ. Hdt.1.93
, 2.37, S.Ph. 676 (lyr.).c with Verbs,μήτ' ἄρ με μάλ' αἴνεε Il.10.249
;μ. τ' ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ 1.218
; ἡ δὲ μάλ' ἡνιόχευεν drove carefully, Od.6.319; μ... προπέμπει in earnest, A.Th. 915 (lyr.), cf. Eu. 368 (lyr.);καὶ μ. δοκοῦντας φρονίμους εἶναι X.Cyr.6.1.36
;μ. πολιορκούμενοι Id.HG7.1.25
.2 strengthening an assertion, νῦν σε μ. χρὴ αἰχμητὴν ἔμεναι, i.e. now or never, Il.16.492; τῷ κε μάλ' ἤ κεν μεῖνε .. then doubtless he would have stayed, Od.4.733; σοὶ δὲ μάλ' ἕψομ' ἐγώ yes indeed.., Il.10.108; ἀλλὰ μάλ' ὤφελλες why plainly.., Od.4.472: freq. with another word, as ἦ μ. δή .. now in very truth, Il.5.422, etc.;ἦ δή που μ. 21.583
; freq. ἦ μ. (without δή) 3.204, etc.3 in Hom. sts. after εἰ, as εἰ μ. μιν χόλος ἵκοι if wrath come on him ever so much, Il.17.399, cf. Od.5.485, al.;καὶ εἰ μ. τις πολεμίζοι Il.9.318
; also μ. περ c. part., μ. περ μεμαώς though desiring never so much, 13.317, cf. 14.58, 17.710, al.;καὶ μ. περ 1.217
, cf. 17.571;καὶ εὐρέα περ μάλ' ἐόντα Od.18.385
.4 in [dialect] Att. freq. in answers, yes, certainly,μ. γε Pl.R. 555d
, 564e, etc.;μ. τοι X.Mem.1.2.46
;καὶ μ. Pl.Phdr. 258c
;καὶ μ. γε Id.Tht. 148c
, etc.; καὶ μ. δή ib. 177a; καὶ μ. ἐπαύσατο certainly it stopped, Id.Smp. 189a, etc.II [comp] Comp. [full] μᾶλλον [[pron. full] ᾱ by nature, Hdn.Gr.2.932], [dialect] Ion. [full] μάλιον [pron. full] [ᾰ] only in Tyrt.12.6, cf. Choerob.in An.Ox.2.240; late [dialect] Dor. [full] μαλλότερον Pempel. ap. Stob.4.25.52:—more, rather, Il.5.231, Od.1.351, al.: mostly folld. by ἤ, but in Prose also by a gen., μ. τοῦ ξυμφέροντος more than is expedient, Antipho 5.1;μ. τοῦ δέοντος Pl.Grg. 487b
, X.Mem.4.3.8 (sts. expressed by μᾶλλον alone, Pl. Phd. 63d);οὐπώποτ' ἔργου μ. εἱλόμην λόγους E.Fr. 394
; παντὸς μ. most assuredly, Pl.Lg. 715d (v. infr. 8); in Id.Ap. 36d, οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅτι μ. πρέπει οὕτως, ὡς.., ὡς is prob. = ἤ (v. ὡς): denoting a constant increase, more and more, sts. doubled,μ. μ. E.IT 1406
, Ar.Ra. 1001 (lyr.), Alex.29: in positive sense, exceedingly,κηρόθι μ. Il.9.300
, Od.15.370, al.:—Usage:1 freq. strengthened by other words,πολὺ μ. Il.9.700
, etc.;ἔτι μ. 14.97
, al.;μ. ἔτ' ἢ τὸ πάροιθεν Od.1.322
;καὶ μ. Il.8.470
;καὶ μ. ἔτι Od.18.22
;ἔτι καὶ μ. Pi.P.10.57
;ἔτι καὶ πολὺ μ. Il.23.386
, 429, Hes.Th. 428;ἐπὶ μ. Hdt.3.104
;ἔτι ἐπὶ μ. Id.1.94
;πολλῷ μ. Pl.Phd. 80e
, 1 Ep.Cor.12.22: also modified, μᾶλλόν τι somewhat more,μ. τι περιημέκτεε Hdt.1.114
, cf.50, etc.;μ. ἤδη προσδεχομένου Th.8.71
.2 sts. with a second [comp] Comp.,ῥηΐτεροι μ. Il.24.243
, cf. Hdt.1.32, A.Th. 673, Supp. 279, S.Ant. 1210, E.El. 222, Pl. Phd. 79e, Is.4.14 (s.v.l.), Arist.Top. 116b24.3 μᾶλλον δέ much more.., or rather.., to correct a statement already made,ὁ δεσπότης πέπραγεν εὐτυχέστατα, μ. δ' ὁ Πλοῦτος αὐτός Ar.Pl. 634
;πολλοί, μ. δὲ πάντες D.18.65
, cf. Pl.Smp. 173e; soἢ μ. Corn.ND20
, Simp.in Ph.25.16; οὐχὶ μ. ἤ .. not so, but rather so.., Th.2.87.6 μ. ἤ .. folld. by οὐ in comparisons, where preference implies rejection or denial, : preceded by another neg., Hdt.4.118, 5.94, 7.16. γ, etc.: by an interrog. which conveys a neg. force, τίδεῖ.. μᾶλλον, ἤ οὐ .. ; X.HG6.3.15.7 τὸ μ. καὶ ἧττον, a form of argument, a fortiori, Arist.Rh. 1397b12.8 παντὸς μ., v. πᾶς 111.4.III [comp] Sup. [full] μάλιστα most of all, above all, Hom., etc.;πᾶσι, μάλιστα δ' ἐμοί Od.21.353
; μ. μὲν.., ἔπειτα or ἔπειτα δέ .., first and above all.., next.., S.OT 647, cf. Ph. 1285; μ. μὲν.., δεύτερον δὲ .. Is.2.20; μ. μὲν.., εἰ δὲ μὴ .. Hdt.8.22, Th.1.40, Pl.R. 590d, D.20.25, etc.;τοῦτο δ' ἐστὶ μ. μὲν θάνατος, εἰ δὲ μή, πάντα τὰ ὄντα ἀφελέσθαι Id.21.152
; μάλιστα μὲν.., μᾶλλον μέντοι .. Pl.Smp. 180b; μάλιστα.., εἰ μὴ δ' .. S.Ph. 617; δοκέων μιν μ. ταύτης ἂν πείθεσθαι certainly, Hdt.3.53; τί μ.; what precisely? Pl.Grg. 448d, cf. Men. 80b, Smp. 218c: c. gen. partit.,μ. πάντων Hdt.2.37
, Pl.Prt. 327a, cf. Th. 4.86; τὸ μ. πάντων the supreme reality, Plot.5.5.11; τὸ μ. εἶναι the highest degree of being, Id.6.2.7.1 strengthd., ὡς μ. certainly, A.Supp. 294, Pl.R. 460a, etc.;ὅσον μ. A.Pr. 524
;ὅσα ἐδύνατο μ. Hdt.1.185
;ὡς δύναμαι μ. Pl.R. 367b
;ὡς οἷόν τε μ. Id.Grg. 510b
;εἰς ὅσον ἀνθρώπῳ δυνατὸν μ. Id.Phdr. 277a
;ὅτι μ. δύνασαι Id.Sph. 239b
;μακρῷ μ. Hdt.1.171
;πολλῷ μ. Paus.1.42.3
;παντὸς μ. D.H.3.35
, etc.2 with the Art., ἐς τὰ μ. in the highest degree, Hdt.1.20, 2.76, Th.6.104, 8.6, D.21.212: withoutἐς, φίλοι τὰ μ. Hdt.2.147
, cf.Th. 1.92, D.21.62;τά γε μ. Pl.Lg. 794d
; εἰ τὰ μ. ἦσαν ἀληθεῖς if they were ever so true, D.18.95; εἰ τὰ μ. μὴ τινές, ἀλλὰ πάντες .. if ( to put an extreme case) not some, but all.., Id.20.2;εἰ.. δοκοίη τὰ μ. Id.18.21
; ἀνὴρ δόκιμος ὁμοῖα τῷ μ. as famous as he that is most [famous], Hdt.7.118, cf. 3.8;τοῖς μάλισθ' ὁμοίως D.Ep.2.24
.b ἐν τοῖς μ. especially, as much as any, Th.8.90, Pl.Smp. 173b, etc.: with a [comp] Sup.,ἐν τοῖς μ. ὠμότατος Ael.VH14.40
;φιλτάτη καὶ ἀναγκαιοτάτη ἐν τοῖς μ. Procop.Arc.4
.3 added to a [comp] Sup. (v.μάλα 11.2
, πλεῖστον) , ἔχθιστος μ., μ. φίλτατος, Il.2.220, 24.334;μ. κῃ ἐμφερέστατα Hdt.2.76
;μ. φίλτατος E.Hipp. 1421
: to a [comp] Comp. (?),μ. δὴ ὀκνηρότεροι ἐγένοντο Th.4.55
.5 with numerals, in round numbers, about, Th.3.29, 92, X.HG5.2.31, etc.; πεντήκοντα μάλιστα is 49 in Th.1.118;ἑκατοστὸς μ. 99t
h, Id.8.68; ἐς μέσον μάλιστά κῃ about the middle, Hdt. 1.191, cf. 76;ἥμισυ μ. Th.1.93
; μ. σφᾶς μεσοῦν δειπνοῦντας that they were about the middle of supper, Pl.Smp. 175c;κου μ. Hdt.7.22
;μ. πως Plb.2.41.13
. -
38 μεταίτιος
A being the joint cause of, accessory to,τοῦ φόνου Hdt.2.100
, 4.202, cf. A.Ch. 134; τοῦ πολέμου, τοῦ μηδισμοῦ, Hdt.7.156, 9.88;τῆσδε βουλῆς A. Ch. 100
;τοῦδε πάθους S.Tr. 260
, cf. 447;τούτων οὐ μ. πέλει, ἀλλ'.. παναίτιος A.Eu. 199
;κακουχίας μ. Pl.R. 615b
: c. dat. pers. added, θεοὺς.. τοὺς ἐμοὶ μεταιτίους νόστου who were accessory to my return, A.Ag. 811: c. dat. et inf., ἥ μοι μητρὶ μὲν θανεῖν μόνη μεταίτιος (for τοῦ θανεῖν) S.Tr. 1234;πλείστοις μεταίτιος εἶ.. ἀπολωλέναι X.HG2.3.32
.— In [dialect] Att. Prose συναίτιος is preferred.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μεταίτιος
-
39 πότερος
A whether of the two? both in direct and indirect questions; once in Hom.,οὐκ ἂν γνοίης ποτέροισι μετείη Il.5.85
;κότερα τούτων αἱρετώτερά ἐστι..; Hdt.3.52
, cf. 1.126;πότερα τύχης καὶ πότερα γνώμης ἔργα κρίνεις; X.Mem. 1.4.4
; , etc.: sts. the two objects referred to follow in apposition,ἐρωτώσης τῆς μητρός, π. καλλίων.. δοκεῖ εἶναι, ὁ πατὴρ ἢ οὗτος X.Cyr.1.3.2
, cf. Mem.1.6.9;πότερος.., ὁ ἰατρὸς ἢ ὁ ὀψοποιός; Pl.Grg. 464d
, cf. 498a, etc.; modified by τις, Id.Lg. 715a, etc.; repeated in the same sentence,πότερος ποτερου φίλος γίγνεται; Id.Ly. 212a
.II neut. πότερον and πότερα (interchangeable,πότερον δέδρακεν ἢ οὔ, καὶ πότερ' ἄκων ἢ ἑκών; D.23.79
, cf. X. Mem.3.6.16), as Adv. at the beginning of an interrog. sentence containing two alternative propositions, the second being connected by ἤ.., whether.. or,a in direct questions, Pi.P.11.22, Fr. 213, B.17.33, Hdt.1.88, etc.;τίνες κατῆρξαν, πότερον Ἕλληνες ἢ παῖς ἐμός; A. Pers. 351
, etc.;πότερα δικαστὴν ἢ δικηφόρον λέγεις; Id.Ch. 120
, cf. Supp. 336.b in indirect questions,ἐπείρεσθαι κότερα τὴν ἑωυτοῦ ἢ τὴν Κύρου λέγοι ἀρχήν Hdt.1.91
, cf. 3.32, etc.: the Verb is sts. repeated,π. οὐδενὶ δύναται ἀρέσαι, ἢ ἔστιν οἷς καὶ πάνυ ἀρέσκει; X. Mem. 2.3.6
: sts. π. precedes the common Verb,π. βούλοιτο μένειν ἢ ἀπιέναι; Id.Cyr.1.3.15
, cf. Oec.18.1.2 sts. a third clause (with ἤ) is inaccurately added,κότερα παρὰ δήμου ἢ ὀλιγαρχίης ἢ μουνάρχου; Hdt. 3.82
, cf. A.Supp. 247, S.OT 112; and a fourth, Id.El. 539.3 the second alternative is sts. left to be supplied, πότερα δὴ κερτομῶν λέγεις τάδε (sc. ἢ μή.. ); Id.Ph. 1235, cf. OC 333, A.Pers. 239, Th.94 (lyr.), Ag. 274, Pl.Sph. 228a, R. 501d, etc.4 πότερον is sts. omitted in the first clause,ἐπισκέψασθαι.., ὀρθὴ ἢ ψευδής Id.Tht. 161d
, cf. Lg. 670b.5 in affirmative sentences, π.. ἤ, either.. or, Corn.ND14, al.; so π... ἤ.. ἤ ib.27.III indef., one of other, either of the two,τί οὐ λέγει π. ὑμῶν; Pl.La. 181d
;τούτων ποτέροις ἐπακολουθῆσαι Id.Chrm. 171b
, cf. R. 499c, Phlb. 20e, Tht. 145b, etc.; ἅτεροι πότεροι, = ὁποτεροιοῦν, SIG421.31 (Thermon, iii B. C.): forὁπότερος, ἐξέστω αὐτῷ πότερον ἂν βούληται, ἤ.. ἤ.. Abh.Berl.Akad.1925(5).7
(Cyrene, iii B. C.): in this sense Phot. would make it oxyt. ποτερός, ά, o/n.IV Adv. ποτέρως, v. sub voc. (I.-E. q[uglide]o-tero-s, cf. Skt. katarás, Goth. hwapar 'which of two?')Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πότερος
-
40 πρίν
πρίν, Adv. and Conj.,A before, until.[πρῐν 19
times in Hom., Il.2.344, al.; πρῑν in Il.6.81, 13.172, al.; once written [full] πρείν, Leg.Gort.7.40, but [full] πρίν IG12.60.11, 94.9, 114.46, etc.; Trag. and Com. always πρῐν ( πρίν γ' must be read in Ar.Ach. 176).]A Adv. of Time, before, either in the sense of sooner or in that of formerly, erst (implying duration up to a certain time):I of future time, with [tense] fut. Indic.,πρίν μιν καὶ γῆρας ἔπεισιν Il.1.29
, cf. 18.283, Od.2.198, etc.: with Subj. = [tense] fut.,πρὶν καὶ κακὸν ἄλλο πάθῃσθα Il.24.551
: with Opt. and κεν, πρίν κεν ἀνιηθεὶς σὴν πατρίδα γαῖαν ἵκοιο Od.3.117
, cf. 11.330, 14.155, Ar. Pax 1076, 1112: with Opt., Il. 24.800: with Imper., 9.250: with Inf. (expressing a wish), 2.413, (expressing an oath) Od.4.254.II of past time,1 formerly, once,πρὶν μέν μοι ὑπέσχετο.., νῦν δὲ.. Il.2.112
, v.l. in 9.19, cf. 23.827;πρὶν μὲν πόσιν ἐσθλὸν ἀπώλεσα Od.4.724
, cf. 3.408.2 formerly (up to a certain point), before, in this sense freq. with Art.,τὸ πρίν γ' ἐκέκαστο Il.5.54
;τὸ πρίν γε.., νῦν δὲ.. 13.105
;νῦν δὲ.. τὸ πρίν γε 16.208
, cf. A.Pr. 443, Hdt.1.129: without Art.,τὰς ἐπιστήμας ἅς ποτε καὶ π. εἴχομεν Pl.Phd. 75e
: with ellipsis of part. γενόμενος, τὰ π. πελώρια (sc. γενόμενα ) the giants of old, A.Pr. 151 (lyr.); τοῦ π. Αἰγέως Aegeus gone before, S.OC69;ἐν τῷ π. χρόνῳ Id.Ph. 1224
;ἐν τοῖς π. λόγοις Th.2.62
: with part. expressed,τὸ π. γενόμενον τέρας Hdt.8.37
;τοὺς πρὶν φυλαττομένους Pl.R. 547c
, etc.3 hitherto,π. μέν.. B.12.114
; until that time, and so meanwhile, Id.15.13.4 sts. folld. by gen.,π. ὥρας Pi.P.4.43
;π. ἀνηκέστου πάθους J.BJ1.6.1
;π. γενέσεως Thd.Su.42
;π. τῆς συνόδου S.E.M.9.371
;π. φάους Arr.An. 3.18.6
; π. τοῦ βλέψαι, π. τοῦ ἀποθανεῖν, S.E.P.7.162, v.l. in LXX To. 14.15; also πρὶν οὗ c. inf., SIG953.16 (Calymna, ii B.C.); c. indic., Test. ap. D.46.21.B Conj. before, ere: freq. following an antecedent clause with adverbial π. (chiefly in [dialect] Ep.), or its equivalents πρότερον, πρόσθεν, πάρος (poet.), esp. with negat.,οὐδὲ π..., π... Il.1.98
,7.481, Od.19.475;μὴ π..., π... Il.2.355
, E.HF 605;π..., π... Il.2.348
, 8.453, Od.19.586;οὐ πρότερον.., π... Ar.Ec. 620
, And.4.17, D.9.61;μὴ πρότερον.. π... S.Ph. 199
(anap.), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.1.10;πρότερον.., π... And.4.1
, X.Cyr.5.2.9;οὐ πρόσθεν.., π... Od. 17.9
, X.Cyr.1.4.23;μὴ πρόσθεν.., π... Id.An.1.1.10
;πρόσθε., π. τυχεῖν Pi.P.2.92
;οὐ πάρος.., π... Od.2.128
, Il.5.219; preceded by φθάνω, 16.322, Antipho 1.29, Th.4.79, 104, 6.97, 8.12, X.An.4.1.21, Cyr.2.4.25; sts. folld. byἤ, οὐ.. πρίν γ' ἀποπαύσεσθαι πρίν γ' ἢ ἕτερόν γε πεσόντα αἵματος ἆσαι Ἄρηα Il.5.288
, cf. 22.266, Hdt.1.136, 165, al.; dub. and perh. always corrupt in [dialect] Att. and X., Th.5.61, Lys.6.11, Isoc.4.19 (v.l.), Lycurg.128, Aeschin.2.132 (v.l.), X.Cyr.1.4.23, An. 4.5.1, but freq. in later Greek, LXX Ge.29.26, etc.I c. inf., the prevailing constr. in Hom., after positive and negative clauses alike: in [dialect] Att. mostly after positive clauses, and always used with them when the action does not or is not to take place: the tense is,I regularly [tense] aor.,a after a positive clause,ναῖε δὲ Πήδαιον, πρὶν ἐλθεῖν υἷας Ἀχαιῶν Il.13.172
, cf. 8.453, 16.322, Od.1.210;Ζεὺς ὀλέσειε βίην, πρὶν ἥβης μέτρον ἱκέσθαι 4.668
, cf. Il.6.465, 24.245, Pi.P.2.92.3.9, N.8.19, Hdt.6.119, A.Pers. 712, Ag. 1539 (anap.). S.Ant. 120 (lyr.), Tr. 396, E.Alc. 281, Ar.Eq. 258, al., Antipho 5.67, Th.1.125, X.An.4.1.7, Pl.Prt. 350b, al.; after negat. questions which expect a posit. answer, E.Andr. 1069, Ion 524, Rh. 684, Ar.Ra. 481, etc.b after a negat. clause,οὐδ' ὅ γε πρὶν Δαναοῖσιν ἀεικέα λοιγὸν ἀπώσει, πρίν γ' ἀπὸ πατρὶ φίλῳ δόμεναι ἑλικώπιδα κούρην Il.1.98
, cf. 19.423, Od.2.128, 4.747 : after Hom. a negat. antecedent is commonly folld. by πρίν with finite Verb (v. infr. 11); but Inf. is found where π. precedes,π. ἰδεῖν δ', οὐδεὶς μάντις S.Aj. 1419
(anap.);π. μὲν γὰρ κριθῆναι, οὐ ῥᾴδιον ἦν εἰδέναι τὰς αἰτίας And.4.8
;π. νικῆσαι.., οὐκ ἦν.. Lys.19.28
;π. δὲ ταῦτα πρᾶξαι, μὴ σκοπεῖτε D.3.12
, cf. Lycurg. 135; also,οὔτε.. π. ἱδρῶσαι δεῖπνον ᾑρεῖτο X.Cyr.8.1.38
; also after Verbs of fearing (the positive being the thing dreaded),ὅταν.. δεδίωσι μὴ πρότερόν τι μάθῃς, π. τέλος ἐπιθεῖναι τοῖς πραττομένοις Isoc.5.70
, cf. E.Fr.453.6, S.Tr. 632; in unfulfilled conditions and wishes,οὔθ' ὁ Πλούτωνος κύων οὔθ' οὑπὶ κώπῃ ψυχοπομπὸς ἂν Χάρων ἔσχον π. εἰς φῶς σὸν καταστῆσαι βίον E.Alc. 362
, cf. Rh.61; otherwise not common,ὤφθην οὐδεπώποτε π. ταύτην τὴν συμφορὰν γενέσθαι Lys.19.55
;οὐδὲ παύσεται χόλου.., π. κατασκῆψαί τινα E.Med.94
, cf. HF 605;καί μοι μὴ θορυβήσῃ μηδεὶς π. ἀκοῦσαι D.5.15
, cf. X.Oec.4.24: after neg. opt. with ἄν, οὕτω γένοιτ' ἂν οὐδ' ἂν ἔκβασις στρατοῦ καλή, π. ὅρμῳ ναῦν θρασυνθῆναι a.Supp.772, cf. Pl.Lg. 769e: after a past tense (in orat. obliq.),ὤμοσαν μὴ π. ἐς Φώκαιαν ἥξειν, π. ἢ τὸν μύδρον τοῦτον ἀναφανῆναι Hdt.1.165
, cf. 4.9, Th. 7.50, X.HG6.5.23, Pl.Phd. 61a.2 also [tense] pres., to convey a special sense of continuance, effort, or the like , 'before undertaking to', 'before proceeding to',π. ἐξοπλίζειν Ἄρη A.Supp. 702
(lyr.), cf. Ag. 1067;π. νυν τὰ πλείον' ἱστορεῖν.., ἔξελθε S.OC36
, cf. El.20;π. κλαίειν τινά E.Andr. 577
, cf. Or. 1095;π. λέγειν Ar.Th. 380
, cf. Ach. 383, Hdt. 8.3, And.4.1, Th.3.24, Pl.Lg. 666a, X.Cyr.2.4.25, Mem.1.2.40, etc.3 also [tense] perf., after a [tense] fut.,π. τόδ' ἐξηντληκέναι E.Med.79
; after [tense] pres. or [tense] impf., Id.El. 1069, cf. Hdt.3.25;π..., τί μέλλετ'.. ; E.Ph. 1145
;π. καὶ τεθύσθαι Ar.Av. 1034
, cf. V. 1156, Pax 375, Lys. 322 (lyr.), Ra. 1185, X. An.4.1.21, Pl.Tht. 164c, Prt. 320a, etc.; with ἥκειν in [tense] pf. sense, Hdt.6.116;οὐ βουλόμενος διαγωνίσασθαι π. οἱ τοὺς βοηθοὺς ἥκειν Th.5.10
.II with a finite Verb:1 with Ind., chiefly [tense] aor.: not in Hom. (first in h.Ap. 357), who uses Ind. only with πρίν γ' ὅτε, πρίν γ' ὅτε δή, after both posit. and neg. clauses,ἠλώμην.., πρίν γ' ὅτε.. ἤγαγες Od.13.322
;πρίν γ' ὅτε δή με.. κάλεσσεν 23.43
, cf. Il.12.437;οὐδέ κεν ἡμέας ἄλλο διέκρινεν.., πρίν γ' ὅτε δὴ θανάτοιο.. νέφος ἀμφεκάλυψεν Od.4.180
: rarely with [tense] impf., οὐδ' ὧς τοῦ θυμὸν.. ἔπειθον, πρίν γ' ὅτε δὴ θάλαμος πύκ' ἐβάλλετο ( began to be hit) Il.9.588: freq. after Hom., with [tense] aor.,a after neg. clauses: of a fact in the past,οὐκ ἦν ἀλέξημ' οὐδὲν.., πρίν γ' ἐγώ σφισιν ἔδειξα A.Pr. 481
;οὐ πρότερον ἀπανέστη.. Μαρδόνιος, πρὶν ἤ σφεας ὑποχειρίους ἐποιήσατο Hdt.6.45
; ἀλλ' οὐδ' ὣς.. ἠξίωσαν νεώτερόν τι ποιεῖν ἐς αὐτο'ν.., πρίν γε δὴ αὐτοῖς.. μηνυτὴς γίγνεται (histor. [tense] pres. = [tense] aor.) Th.1.132, cf. 3.101, 5.61, Hdt.6.79, Ar.Av. 700, X.Cyr.1.4.23,4.5.13 (histor. [tense] pres.), HG5.4.58, etc.; once in Pl., Phdr. 266a; as part of an unfulfilled condition,οὐκ ἂν κατέσχε δῆμον οὐδ' ἐπαύσατο π. ἀνταράξας πῖαρ ἐξεῖλεν γάλα Sol.
ap. Arist.Ath.12.5;οὐκ ἂν ἐσκεψάμεθα πρότερον.., πρὶν ἐζητήσαμεν Pl.Men. 86d
, cf. Tht. 165e;χρῆν τοίνυν Αεπτίνην μὴ πρότερον τιθέναι τὸν ἑαυτοῦ νόμον, πρὶν τοῦτον ἔλυσε γραψάμενος D.20.96
; after verbs implying a neg.,ἀμφιγνοεῖν X.An.2.5.33
,θαυμάζειν Th.1.51
,λανθάνειν Id.3.29
; also with [tense] impf.,οὔπω ᾔδει.. π. ἐν τῷ κακῷ ἦν Antipho 1.19
, cf. And.4.17, D.9.61.b after posit. clauses (both combined, A.Pr. 481, Th.1.118), with the sense until,ἠγόμην δ' ἀνὴρ ἀστῶν μέγιστος.., πρίν μοι τύχη τοιάδ' ἐπέστη S.OT 776
; σπουδαὶ δὲ λόγων ἦσαν ἴσαι πως, πρὶν.. πείθει (histor. [tense] pres.) E. Hec. 131 (anap.);πρίν γ' ὁρᾷ Id.Med. 1173
; freq. folld. byδή, π. δή τις ἐφθέγξατο Id.Andr. 1147
; τὰ περὶ τοὺς ἀγῶνας κατελύθη (neg. idea)ὑπὸ ξυμφορῶν, πρὶν δὴ οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι τότε τὸν ἀγῶνα ἐποίησαν Th.3.104
, cf.7.39 (histor. [tense] pres.), 71.2 with Subj. only after negs. or equiv. of neg., = ἕως or ἢν μή (in Isoc.4.173 ἢν μή and πρὶν ἄν are used almost as synonyms);οὐ καταδυσόμεθ', ἀχνύμενοί περ.., πρὶν μόρσιμον ἦμαρ ἐπέλθῃ Od.10.175
;μή πω καταδύσεο.., πρίν γ' ἐμὲ.. ἴδηαι Il.18.135
, cf. 190, 24.781;ἀλλ' ὄμοσον μὴ μητρὶ φίλῃ τάδε μυθήσασθαι, πρίν γ' ὅτ' ἂν ἑνδεκάτη τε δυωδεκάτη τε γένηται Od.2.374
, cf. 4.477: in Prose usu. πρὶν ἄν (πρίν κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.161
([place name] Cyrene)), rarely π. alone, as also πρὶν ἤ:a generally with [tense] aor., to express an action preceding the action of the anteced. clause, the Verb in which is [tense] fut. (or some equiv. of the [tense] fut.) or imper.,οὐ γαμέεται παρθένος οὐδεμία, πρὶν ἂν τῶν πολεμίων ἄνδρα ἀποκτείνῃ Hdt.4.117
, cf. 1.82 (v.l.), 3.109 (v.l.); νῦν δ' οὐδέν ἐστι τέρμα μοι προκείμενον μόχθων (the sense here is [tense] fut.), , cf. 166 (lyr.), 177 (anap.);οὐ γάρ ποτ' ἔξει τῆσδε τῆς χώρας, πρὶν ἂν.. στήσῃς ἄγων S.OC 909
, cf. 48, 1041, OT 1529, etc.;οὐκ ἂν ἐκμάθοις.., πρὶν ἂν θάνῃ τις Id.Tr.2
;οὐκ ἄπειμι πρὸς δόμους πάλιν, πρὶν ἄν σε.. ἔξω βάλω E.Med. 276
, cf. 680, Alc. 1145, IA 324, IT19, 1302;μὴ προκαταγίγνωσκε.., π. ἄν γ' ἀκούσῃς ἀμφοτέρων Ar.V. 920
, cf. Ach. 176, 230, X.Hier.6.13, Cyr.1.2.8, An.1. 1.10, 5.7.12, Pl.Phdr. 228c, La. 187e (ἂν added in later codd.), etc.;μηδέν' ὀλβίζειν π. ἀ'ν τέρμα τοῦ βίου περάσῃ S.OT 1529
(troch.);οὐχὶ μὴ παύσησθε, π. ἄν.. ὑμᾶς τις ἐκτραχηλίσῃ Ar.Lys. 704
: π. withoutἄν, μὴ στέναζε, π. μάθῃς S.Ph. 917
, cf. Ant. 619 (lyr.), Aj. 742, 965, Tr. 608, 946;οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις αὐτὸν ἐξαιρήσεται.., π. γυναῖκ' ἐμοὶ μεθῇ E.Alc. 849
, cf. Or. 1218, 1357 (lyr.);π. χαρίσωνται Ar.Ec. 629
(s.v.l.);οὐ γὰρ δή σφεας ἀπίει τῆς ἀποικίης, πρὶν δὴ ἀπίκωνται Hdt.4.157
;π. διαγνῶσι Th.6.29
; π... βεβαιωσώμεθα ib.10 (dub.l.);πρὶν ἀνάγκην τινὰ θεὸς ἐπιπέμψῃ Pl.Phd. 62c
codd.;π. ἐξετάσωσιν Hyp.Eux.4
: πρὶν ἤ (never with ἄν), π. ἢ ἀνορθώσωσι Hdt.1.19
, cf. 136, Pl.Ti. 57b, etc.: with neg. implied,ὁ δὲ ἀδικέει ἀναπειθόμενος π. ἢ ἀτρεκέως ἐκμάθῃ Hdt.7.10
.ή; αἰσχρὸν ἡγοῦμαι πρότερον παύσασθαι, π. ἂν.. ψηφίσησθε Lys. 22.4
;ὅστις οὖν οἴεται τοὺς ἄλλους πράξειν τι.., π. ἂν.. διαλλάξῃ, λίαν ἁπλῶς ἔχει Isoc.4.16
(where ὅστις οὖν οἴεται = οὐ δεῖ οὔεσθαι, as is shown by ἀλλὰ δεῖ in the next sentence, cf. D.38.24).b less freq. (never in Hom.) with [tense] pres. subj.: μήπω π. ἂν τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀΐῃς (the Verb has no [tense] aor.) (anap.);ὁ νομοθέτης τὰ διδασκαλεῖα ἀνοίγειν ἀπαγορεύει μὴ πρότερον π. ἂν ὁ ἥλιος ἀνίσχῃ Aeschin.1.10
, cf. Antipho 1.29, X.Cyr.2.2.8, Pl.Phdr. 271c.3 πρίν with Opt.:a representing subj. after histor. tenses,οὐκ ἔθελεν φεύγειν π. πειρήσαιτ' Ἀχιλῆος Il.21.580
; πρίν γ' ὅτε, as with subj., 9.488;ἔδοξέ μοι μὴ σῖγα π. φράσαιμί σοι τὸν πλοῦν ποεῖσθαι S. Ph. 551
, cf. Th.3.22, X.Cyr.1.4.14, HG6.5.19 (cf. 2.4.18), An.1.2.2, Pl.Ap. 36c, etc.b by assimilation,ὄλοιο μήπω π. μάθοιμι S.Ph. 961
, cf. Tr. 657 (lyr.); οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰδείης (potential opt.)..π. πειρηθείης Thgn.126
; after opt. withἄν, οὐκ ἂν πρότερον ὁρμήσειε π. βεβαιώσαιτο Pl.Lg. 799d
, cf. S.OT 505 (lyr.).4 π. ἄν c. opt. is doubtful, and (if not corrupt) due to the change required by orat. obl.,ἀπαγορευόντων τῶν φίλων τῶν ἐμῶν μὴ ἀποκτείνειν τὸν ἄνδρα, πρὶν ἄν ἐγὼ ἔλθοιμι Antipho 5.34
(s.v.l.), cf. X.HG2.3.48, 2.4.18.
См. также в других словарях:
Being John Malkovich — movie poster Directed by Spike Jonze Produc … Wikipedia
added — adj. 1. being in addition [to something else] [Narrower terms: {accessorial ] additional, further(prenominal), more(prenominal) (used with mass nouns: takes on added significance ; asked for additional help ; we have further information ; there… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Added tone chord — Suspended chord (sus2) and added tone chord (add9) both with D (ninth=second), distinguished by the absence or presence of the third (E♭).[1] … Wikipedia
Being Julia — Infobox Film name = Being Julia image size = caption = Original poster director = István Szabó producer = Robert Lantos writer = Ronald Harwood Based on a novel by W. Somerset Maugham narrator = starring = Annette Bening Jeremy Irons Shaun Evans… … Wikipedia
added value — /ˌædɪd vælju:/ noun an amount added to the value of a product or service, being the difference between its cost and the amount received when it is sold. Wages, taxes, etc. are deducted from the added value to give the profit. ⇒ Value Added Tax … Marketing dictionary in english
added — (Roget s Thesaurus II) adjective Being an addition: additional, extra, fresh, further, more, new, other. See INCREASE … English dictionary for students
value-added — added added adj. 1. being in addition [to something else] [Narrower terms: {accessorial ] additional, further(prenominal), more(prenominal) (used with mass nouns: takes on added significance ; asked for additional help ; we have further… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
value-added statement — added value statement A financial statement showing how much wealth (value added) has been created by the collective effort of capital, employees, and others and how it has been allocated for an accounting period. Value added is normally… … Accounting dictionary
value-added statement — added value statement A financial statement showing how much wealth (value added) has been created by the collective effort of capital, employees, and others and how it has been allocated for an accounting period Value added is normally… … Big dictionary of business and management
value added — is the risk adjusted return generated by an investment strategy: the return of the investment strategy minus the return of the benchmark. Bloomberg Financial Dictionary * * * Ⅰ. value added UK US (also value added) noun … Financial and business terms
Value added tax — Taxation An aspect of fiscal policy … Wikipedia